Allied-telesis AT-8100 Series Manual de usuario

Busca en linea o descarga Manual de usuario para Hardware De La Computadora Allied-telesis AT-8100 Series. Allied Telesis AT-8100 Series User Manual Manual de usuario

  • Descarga
  • Añadir a mis manuales
  • Imprimir
  • Pagina
    / 196
  • Tabla de contenidos
  • MARCADORES
  • Valorado. / 5. Basado en revisión del cliente
Vista de pagina 0
613-001952 Rev. A
AT-8100 Series
Fast Ethernet Switches
AT-8100L/8
AT-8100L/8POE
AT-8100L/8POE-E
AT-8100S/24
AT-8100S/24C
AT-8100S/24F-LC
AT-8100S/24POE
AT-8100S/16F8-LC
AT-8100S/16F8-SC
AT-8100S/48
AT-8100S/48POE
Management Software
Command Line Interface User’s Guide
AlliedWare Plus Version 2.2.5
Vista de pagina 0
1 2 3 4 5 6 ... 195 196

Indice de contenidos

Pagina 1 - AT-8100 Series

613-001952 Rev. AAT-8100 SeriesFast Ethernet Switches AT-8100L/8 AT-8100L/8POE AT-8100L/8POE-E AT-8100S/24 AT-8100S/24C AT-8100S/24F-LC AT-8100

Pagina 2 - Copyright

Contents10Chapter 17: Domain Name System (DNS) ...357Over

Pagina 3

Chapter 4: Basic Command Line Management Commands100DISABLESyntaxdisableParametersNoneModePrivileged Exec modeDescriptionUse this command to return to

Pagina 4

Chapter 64: MAC Address-based VLANs1000

Pagina 5

1001Chapter 65MAC Address-based VLAN CommandsThe MAC address-based VLAN commands are summarized in Table 105 and described in detail within the chapte

Pagina 6

Chapter 65: MAC Address-based VLAN Commands1002NO VLANSyntaxno vlan vidParametersvidSpecifies the VID of the VLAN you want to delete. You can specify

Pagina 7

AT-8100 Switch Command Line User’s Guide1003NO VLAN MACADDRESS (Global Configuration Mode)Syntaxno vlan vid macaddress|destaddress mac-addressParamete

Pagina 8

Chapter 65: MAC Address-based VLAN Commands1004NO VLAN MACADDRESS (Port Interface Mode)Syntaxno vlan vid macaddress|destaddress mac-addressParametersv

Pagina 9

AT-8100 Switch Command Line User’s Guide1005This example removes the MAC address 00:30:84:75:11:B2 from the egress port 11 to 14 in a VLAN with the VI

Pagina 10 - Contents

Chapter 65: MAC Address-based VLAN Commands1006SHOW VLAN MACADDRESSSyntaxshow vlan macaddressParametersNoneModePrivileged Exec modeDescriptionUse this

Pagina 11

AT-8100 Switch Command Line User’s Guide1007The information is described here.ExampleThe following example displays the MAC addresses and egress ports

Pagina 12

Chapter 65: MAC Address-based VLAN Commands1008VLAN MACADDRESSSyntaxvlan vid name name type macaddressParametersvidSpecifies a VLAN identifier in the

Pagina 13

AT-8100 Switch Command Line User’s Guide1009ExampleThis example creates a MAC address-based VLAN that has the name Sales and the VID 3:awplus> enab

Pagina 14

AT-8100 Switch Command Line User’s Guide101DOSyntaxdo commandParametercommandSpecifies the Privileged Exec mode command to perform. Refer to the Descr

Pagina 15

Chapter 65: MAC Address-based VLAN Commands1010VLAN SET MACADDRESS (Global Configuration Mode)Syntaxvlan set vid macaddress|destaddress mac-addressPar

Pagina 16

AT-8100 Switch Command Line User’s Guide1011This example adds the MAC address 00:30:84:32:76:1A to a MAC address-based VLAN with the VID 12:awplus>

Pagina 17

Chapter 65: MAC Address-based VLAN Commands1012VLAN SET MACADDRESS (Port Interface Mode)Syntaxvlan set vid macaddress|destaddress mac-addressParameter

Pagina 18

AT-8100 Switch Command Line User’s Guide1013This example assigns the MAC address 00:30:84:75:11:B2 to ports 11 to 14 in a VLAN that has the VID 24:awp

Pagina 19

Chapter 65: MAC Address-based VLAN Commands1014

Pagina 20

1015Chapter 66 Private Port VLANsThis chapter provides the following topics: “Overview” on page 1016 “Guidelines” on page 1018 “Creating Private VL

Pagina 21

Chapter 66: Private Port VLANs1016OverviewPrivate VLANs (also called private port VLANs) create special broadcast domains in which the traffic of the

Pagina 22

AT-8100 Switch Command Line User’s Guide1017Private VLANFunctionalityThe following describes host and uplink port functionality in a private VLAN, and

Pagina 23

Chapter 66: Private Port VLANs1018GuidelinesHere are the guidelines to private VLANs: A private VLAN can have any number of host ports, up to all the

Pagina 24

AT-8100 Switch Command Line User’s Guide1019Creating Private VLANsThe command to initially create private VLANs is the PRIVATE-VLAN command in the VLA

Pagina 25

Chapter 4: Basic Command Line Management Commands102 SHOW SYSTEM  WRITEExamplesThis example performs the SHOW INTERFACE command for port 4 from the

Pagina 26

Chapter 66: Private Port VLANs1020Adding Host and Uplink PortsPrivate VLANs have host ports and uplink ports. A private VLAN can have more than one up

Pagina 27

AT-8100 Switch Command Line User’s Guide1021Deleting VLANsTo delete private VLANs from the switch, use the NO VLAN command in the VLAN Configuration m

Pagina 28

Chapter 66: Private Port VLANs1022Displaying Private VLANsThe SHOW VLAN PRIVATE-VLAN command in the Privileged Exec mode displays the private VLANs cu

Pagina 29

1023Chapter 67Private Port VLAN CommandsThe private port VLAN commands are summarized in Table 107 and described in detail within the chapter.Table 10

Pagina 30

Chapter 67: Private Port VLAN Commands1024NO VLANSyntaxno vlan vidParametersvidSpecifies the VID of the VLAN you want to delete. You can specify just

Pagina 31

AT-8100 Switch Command Line User’s Guide1025PRIVATE-VLANSyntaxprivate-vlan vidParametersvidSpecifies a VLAN identifier. The range is 2 to 4094. The VI

Pagina 32

Chapter 67: Private Port VLAN Commands1026SHOW VLAN PRIVATE-VLANSyntaxshow vlan private-vlanParametersNoneModePrivileged Exec modeDescriptionUse this

Pagina 33

AT-8100 Switch Command Line User’s Guide1027SWITCHPORT MODE PRIVATE-VLAN HOSTSyntaxswitchport mode private-vlan host vidParametersvidSpecifies the VID

Pagina 34

Chapter 67: Private Port VLAN Commands1028SWITCHPORT MODE PRIVATE-VLAN PROMISCUOUSSyntaxswitchport mode private-vlan promiscuous vidParametersvidSpeci

Pagina 35

1029Chapter 68Voice VLAN CommandsThe voice VLAN commands are summarized in Table 108 and described in detail within the chapter.Table 108. Voice VLAN

Pagina 36

AT-8100 Switch Command Line User’s Guide103ENABLESyntaxenableParametersNoneModeUser Exec mode DescriptionUse this command to move from the User Exec m

Pagina 37

Chapter 68: Voice VLAN Commands1030NO SWITCHPORT VOICE VLANSyntaxno switchport voice vlanParametersNoneModePort Interface modeDescriptionUse this comm

Pagina 38

AT-8100 Switch Command Line User’s Guide1031SWITCHPORT VOICE DSCPSyntaxswitchport voice dscp valueParametersvalueSpecifies a DSCP value of 0 to 63.Mod

Pagina 39

Chapter 68: Voice VLAN Commands1032SWITCHPORT VOICE VLANSyntaxswitchport voice vlan <vid>|priority <value>|dynamicParametersvidSpecifies t

Pagina 40

AT-8100 Switch Command Line User’s Guide1033 There is an LLDP-MED device connected to the port.To set the priority value to be advertised for tagged

Pagina 41

Chapter 68: Voice VLAN Commands1034accept packet):awplus> enableawplus# configure terminalawplus(config)# interface port1.0.1awplus(config-if)# swi

Pagina 42

1035Section IXPort SecurityThis section contains the following chapters: Chapter 69, “MAC Address-based Port Security” on page 1037 Chapter 70, “MAC

Pagina 44

1037Chapter 69MAC Address-based Port SecurityThis chapter contains the following topics: “Overview” on page 1038 “Configuring Ports” on page 1040 “

Pagina 45

Chapter 69: MAC Address-based Port Security1038OverviewThis feature lets you control access to the ports on the switch based on the source MAC address

Pagina 46

AT-8100 Switch Command Line User’s Guide1039after learning three addresses. The switch also sends an SNMP trap.Guidelines Here are the guidelines to M

Pagina 47

Chapter 4: Basic Command Line Management Commands104ENDSyntaxendParametersNoneModeAll modes below the Global Configuration mode.DescriptionUse this co

Pagina 48 - Document Conventions

Chapter 69: MAC Address-based Port Security1040Configuring PortsThere are three things you need to decide before you configure MAC address-based port

Pagina 49

AT-8100 Switch Command Line User’s Guide1041awplus> enableawplus# configure terminalawplus(config)# interface port1.0.4,port1.0.5awplus(config-if)#

Pagina 50 - Contacting Allied Telesis

Chapter 69: MAC Address-based Port Security1042Enabling MAC Address-based Security on PortsAfter you have configured a port for MAC address-based secu

Pagina 51 - Getting Started

AT-8100 Switch Command Line User’s Guide1043Disabling MAC Address-based Security on PortsTo remove MAC address-based security from ports, use the NO S

Pagina 52

Chapter 69: MAC Address-based Port Security1044Displaying Port SettingsThere are two commands that display information about the MAC address-based por

Pagina 53 - Interface

AT-8100 Switch Command Line User’s Guide1045Figure 185 is an example of the information.Figure 185. Example of SHOW PORT-SECURITY INTRUSION INTERFACE

Pagina 54 - Management Sessions

Chapter 69: MAC Address-based Port Security1046

Pagina 55 - Web Browser Windows

1047Chapter 70MAC Address-based Port Security CommandsThe MAC address-based port security commands are summarized in Table 110 and described in detail

Pagina 56

Chapter 70: MAC Address-based Port Security Commands1048NO SWITCHPORT PORT-SECURITYSyntaxno switchport port-securityParametersNoneModePort Interface m

Pagina 57 - Management Interfaces

AT-8100 Switch Command Line User’s Guide1049NO SWITCHPORT PORT-SECURITY AGINGSyntaxno switchport port-security agingParametersNoneModePort Interface m

Pagina 58 - Local Manager Account

AT-8100 Switch Command Line User’s Guide105EXITSyntaxexitParametersNoneModeAll modesDescriptionUse this command to move down one mode in the mode hier

Pagina 59 - AlliedWare Plus Command Modes

Chapter 70: MAC Address-based Port Security Commands1050SHOW PORT-SECURITY INTERFACESyntaxshow port-security interface portParametersportSpecifies the

Pagina 60

AT-8100 Switch Command Line User’s Guide1051Port Status The status of the port. The status can be Enabled or Disabled. A port that has a status of Ena

Pagina 61

Chapter 70: MAC Address-based Port Security Commands1052ExampleThis example displays the port security settings for ports 5 to 8:awplus# show port-sec

Pagina 62 - Moving Down the Hierarchy

AT-8100 Switch Command Line User’s Guide1053SHOW PORT-SECURITY INTRUSION INTERFACESyntaxshow port-security intrusion interface portParameterportSpecif

Pagina 63

Chapter 70: MAC Address-based Port Security Commands1054Figure 188. Example of SHOW PORT-SECURITY INTRUSION INTERFACE CommandPort Security Intrusion L

Pagina 64

AT-8100 Switch Command Line User’s Guide1055SWITCHPORT PORT-SECURITYSyntaxswitchport port-securityParametersNoneModePort Interface modeDescriptionUse

Pagina 65

Chapter 70: MAC Address-based Port Security Commands1056SWITCHPORT PORT-SECURITY AGINGSyntaxswitchport port-security agingParametersNoneModePort Inter

Pagina 66

AT-8100 Switch Command Line User’s Guide1057SWITCHPORT PORT-SECURITY MAXIMUMSyntaxswitchport port-security maximum valueParametersvalueSpecifies the m

Pagina 67 - Moving Up the Hierarchy

Chapter 70: MAC Address-based Port Security Commands1058SWITCHPORT PORT-SECURITY VIOLATIONSyntaxswitchport port-security violation protect|restrict|sh

Pagina 68 - DISABLE command

AT-8100 Switch Command Line User’s Guide1059This example sets the intrusion action for ports 22 to 24 to restrict. After learning their maximum number

Pagina 69 - Port Numbers in Commands

Chapter 4: Basic Command Line Management Commands106LENGTHSyntaxlength valueParametersvalueSpecifies the maximum number of lines that the SHOW command

Pagina 70

Chapter 70: MAC Address-based Port Security Commands1060

Pagina 71 - Command Format

1061Chapter 71802.1x Port-based Network Access ControlThis chapter contains the following topics: “Overview” on page 1062 “Authentication Process” o

Pagina 72 - Startup Messages

Chapter 71: 802.1x Port-based Network Access Control1062OverviewThis chapter explains 802.1x port-based network access control. This port security fea

Pagina 73

AT-8100 Switch Command Line User’s Guide1063Authentication ProcessBelow is a brief overview of the authentication process that occurs between a suppli

Pagina 74

Chapter 71: 802.1x Port-based Network Access Control1064Port RolesPart of the task to implementing this feature is specifying the roles of the ports o

Pagina 75 - Starting a Management Session

AT-8100 Switch Command Line User’s Guide1065Figure 189. Example of the Supplicant Role

Pagina 76

Chapter 71: 802.1x Port-based Network Access Control1066Authentication Methods for Authenticator PortsAuthenticator ports support two authentication m

Pagina 77

AT-8100 Switch Command Line User’s Guide1067Operational Settings for Authenticator PortsAn authenticator port can have one of three possible operation

Pagina 78

Chapter 71: 802.1x Port-based Network Access Control1068Operating Modes for Authenticator PortsAuthenticator ports have three modes: Single-host mode

Pagina 79

AT-8100 Switch Command Line User’s Guide1069Note, however, that should the supplicant who performed the initial logon fail to periodically reauthentic

Pagina 80 - What to Configure First

AT-8100 Switch Command Line User’s Guide107This example returns the number of lines to the default setting for local management sessions:awplus> en

Pagina 81 - Assigning a Name

Chapter 71: 802.1x Port-based Network Access Control1070As mentioned earlier, should the supplicant who performed the initial logon fail to reauthenti

Pagina 82 - Management IP

AT-8100 Switch Command Line User’s Guide1071Figure 192. Multi-Supplicant Mode

Pagina 83

Chapter 71: 802.1x Port-based Network Access Control1072Supplicant and VLAN AssociationsOne of the challenges to managing a network is accommodating e

Pagina 84 - Saving Your

AT-8100 Switch Command Line User’s Guide1073Single-Host Mode Here are the operating characteristics for the switch when an authenticator port is set t

Pagina 85 - Ending a Management Session

Chapter 71: 802.1x Port-based Network Access Control1074Enabled for multi dynamic VLAN creation - AUTH DYNAMIC-VLAN-CREATION MULTIIf dynamic VLAN crea

Pagina 86

AT-8100 Switch Command Line User’s Guide1075Guest VLANAn authenticator port in the unauthorized state typically accepts and transmits only 802.1x pack

Pagina 87 - Basic Command Line Management

Chapter 71: 802.1x Port-based Network Access Control1076GuidelinesHere are the general guidelines to this feature: Ports operating under port-based a

Pagina 88 - Clearing the Screen

AT-8100 Switch Command Line User’s Guide1077 You cannot change the untagged VLAN assignment of a port after it has been designated as an authenticato

Pagina 89 - Displaying the On-line Help

Chapter 71: 802.1x Port-based Network Access Control1078Enabling 802.1x Port-Based Network Access Control on the SwitchTo activate 802.1x Port-based N

Pagina 90

AT-8100 Switch Command Line User’s Guide1079Configuring Authenticator PortsDesignatingAuthenticatorPortsYou have to designate ports as authenticator p

Pagina 91

Chapter 4: Basic Command Line Management Commands108LOGOUTSyntaxlogoutParametersNoneModeUser Exec and Privileged Exec modesDescriptionUse this command

Pagina 92

Chapter 71: 802.1x Port-based Network Access Control1080awplus> enableawplus# configure terminalawplus(config)# interface port1.0.12awplus(config-i

Pagina 93

AT-8100 Switch Command Line User’s Guide1081This example configures port 1.0.8 to use the multi-host mode so that it forwards traffic from all supplic

Pagina 94

Chapter 71: 802.1x Port-based Network Access Control1082Configuring ReauthenticationTable 112 lists the commands in the Port Interface mode for config

Pagina 95 - ? (Question Mark Key)

AT-8100 Switch Command Line User’s Guide1083Removing Ports from the Authenticator RoleTo remove ports from the authenticator role so that they forward

Pagina 96

Chapter 71: 802.1x Port-based Network Access Control1084Configuring Supplicant PortsThis section reviews the commands for configuring supplicant ports

Pagina 97 - CLEAR SCREEN

AT-8100 Switch Command Line User’s Guide1085NotePorts have to be set to the supplicant mode with the DOT1X PORT-CONTROL SUPPLICANT command before you

Pagina 98 - CONFIGURE TERMINAL

Chapter 71: 802.1x Port-based Network Access Control1086NoteThe management software does not have a separate SHOW command for displaying the settings

Pagina 99

AT-8100 Switch Command Line User’s Guide1087Disabling 802.1x Port-Based Network Access Control on the SwitchTo disable 802.1x port-based network acces

Pagina 100 - Description

Chapter 71: 802.1x Port-based Network Access Control1088Displaying Authenticator PortsTo view the settings of authenticator ports on the switch, use t

Pagina 101 - Parameter

AT-8100 Switch Command Line User’s Guide1089Displaying EAP Packet StatisticsTo display EAP packet statistics of authenticator ports, use the SHOW DOT1

Pagina 102 - Examples

AT-8100 Switch Command Line User’s Guide109QUITSyntaxquitParametersNoneModeAll modes except the User Exec and Privileged Exec modes.DescriptionUse thi

Pagina 103

Chapter 71: 802.1x Port-based Network Access Control1090

Pagina 104

1091Chapter 72802.1x Port-based Network Access Control CommandsThe 802.1x port-based network access control commands are summarized in Table 115 and d

Pagina 105

Chapter 72: 802.1x Port-based Network Access Control Commands1092“AUTH-MAC REAUTH-RELEARNING” on page 1107Port Interface Sets the MAC address learning

Pagina 106

AT-8100 Switch Command Line User’s Guide1093“DOT1X SUPPLICANT-PARAMS MAX-START” on page 1120Port Interface Specifies the maximum number of times a sup

Pagina 107

Chapter 72: 802.1x Port-based Network Access Control Commands1094“SHOW DOT1X” on page 1135 Privileged Exec Displays whether 802.1x port-based network

Pagina 108

AT-8100 Switch Command Line User’s Guide1095AAA AUTHENTICATION DOT1X DEFAULT GROUP RADIUSSyntaxaaa authentication dot1x default group radiusParameters

Pagina 109

Chapter 72: 802.1x Port-based Network Access Control Commands1096AUTH DYNAMIC-VLAN-CREATIONSyntaxauth dynamic-vlan-creation single| multiParameterssin

Pagina 110

AT-8100 Switch Command Line User’s Guide1097This example activates multiple dynamic VLAN assignment on authenticator port 1.0.4.awplus> enableawplu

Pagina 111 - Chapter 5

Chapter 72: 802.1x Port-based Network Access Control Commands1098AUTH GUEST-VLANSyntaxauth guest-vlan vidParametersvidSpecifies the ID number of a VLA

Pagina 112

AT-8100 Switch Command Line User’s Guide1099AUTH HOST-MODESyntaxauth host-mode single-host| multi-host| multi-supplicantParameterssingle-hostSpecifies

Pagina 113

AT-8100 Switch Command Line User’s Guide11General Steps...

Pagina 114 - Controlling Eco-Mode LED

Chapter 4: Basic Command Line Management Commands110WRITESyntaxwriteParametersNoneModePrivileged Exec modeDescriptionUse this command to update the ac

Pagina 115 - Temperature and Fan Control

Chapter 72: 802.1x Port-based Network Access Control Commands1100This example configures authenticator port 1.0.8 to the multi-host operating mode, so

Pagina 116 - ECOFRIENDLY LED

AT-8100 Switch Command Line User’s Guide1101AUTH REAUTHENTICATIONSyntaxauth reauthenticationParametersNoneModePort Interface modeDescriptionUse this c

Pagina 117 - NO ECOFRIENDLY LED

Chapter 72: 802.1x Port-based Network Access Control Commands1102AUTH TIMEOUT QUIET-PERIODSyntaxauth timeout quiet-period valueParametersquiet-periodS

Pagina 118 - SHOW ECOFRIENDLY

AT-8100 Switch Command Line User’s Guide1103AUTH TIMEOUT REAUTH-PERIODSyntaxauth timeout reauth-period valueParametersreauth-periodSpecifies the time

Pagina 119 - SHOW SYSTEM ENVIRONMENT

Chapter 72: 802.1x Port-based Network Access Control Commands1104AUTH TIMEOUT SERVER-TIMEOUTSyntaxauth timeout server-timeout valueParametersserver-ti

Pagina 120

AT-8100 Switch Command Line User’s Guide1105AUTH TIMEOUT SUPP-TIMEOUTSyntaxauth timeout supp-timeout valueParameterssupp-timeoutSets the switch-to-sup

Pagina 121

Chapter 72: 802.1x Port-based Network Access Control Commands1106AUTH-MAC ENABLESyntaxauth-mac enableParametersNoneModePort Interface modeDescriptionU

Pagina 122

AT-8100 Switch Command Line User’s Guide1107AUTH-MAC REAUTH-RELEARNINGSyntaxauth-mac reauth-relearningParametersNoneModePort Interface modeDescription

Pagina 123 - Basic Operations

Chapter 72: 802.1x Port-based Network Access Control Commands1108DOT1X CONTROL-DIRECTIONSyntaxdot1x control-direction in|bothParametersinDiscard recei

Pagina 124

AT-8100 Switch Command Line User’s Guide1109awplus> enableawplus# configure terminalawplus(config)# interface port1.0.2awplus(config-if)# dot1x con

Pagina 125 - Basic Switch Management

111Chapter 5Temperature and Fan Control Overview “Overview” on page 112 “Displaying the System Environmental Status” on page 113 “Controlling Eco-M

Pagina 126 - Adding a Name to the Switch

Chapter 72: 802.1x Port-based Network Access Control Commands1110DOT1X EAPSyntaxdot1x eap discard|forward|forward-untagged-vlan|forward-vlanParameters

Pagina 127 -  Contact: JordanB

AT-8100 Switch Command Line User’s Guide1111This example configures the switch to discard all EAP packets when 802.1x authentication is disabled:awplu

Pagina 128 - Displaying Parameter Settings

Chapter 72: 802.1x Port-based Network Access Control Commands1112DOT1X INITIALIZE INTERFACESyntaxdot1x initialize interface portParametersportSpecifie

Pagina 129

AT-8100 Switch Command Line User’s Guide1113DOT1X MAX-REAUTH-REQSyntaxdot1x max-reauth-req valueParametersmax-reauth-reqSpecifies the maximum number o

Pagina 130 - Pinging Network Devices

Chapter 72: 802.1x Port-based Network Access Control Commands1114DOT1X PORT-CONTROL AUTOSyntaxdot1x port-control autoParametersNoneModePort Interface

Pagina 131 - Resetting the Switch

AT-8100 Switch Command Line User’s Guide1115DOT1X PORT-CONTROL FORCE-AUTHORIZEDSyntaxdot1x port-control force-authorizedParametersNoneModePort Interfa

Pagina 132

Chapter 72: 802.1x Port-based Network Access Control Commands1116DOT1X PORT-CONTROL FORCE-UNAUTHORIZEDSyntaxdot1x port-control force-unauthorizedParam

Pagina 133 - filename2

AT-8100 Switch Command Line User’s Guide1117DOT1X PORT-CONTROL SUPPLICANTSyntaxdot1x port-control supplicantParametersNoneModePort Interface modeDescr

Pagina 134

Chapter 72: 802.1x Port-based Network Access Control Commands1118DOT1X SUPPLICANT-PARAMS AUTH-PERIODSyntaxdot1x supplicant-params auth-period valuePar

Pagina 135 - “SHOW BAUD-RATE” on page 168

AT-8100 Switch Command Line User’s Guide1119DOT1X SUPPLICANT-PARAMS HELD-PERIODSyntaxdot1x supplicant-params held-period valueParametersvalueSpecifies

Pagina 136

Chapter 5: Temperature and Fan Control Overview112OverviewThe switch monitors the environmental status, such as temperature and voltage, and the statu

Pagina 137

Chapter 72: 802.1x Port-based Network Access Control Commands1120DOT1X SUPPLICANT-PARAMS MAX-STARTSyntaxdot1x supplicant-params max-start valueParamet

Pagina 138

AT-8100 Switch Command Line User’s Guide1121DOT1X SUPPLICANT-PARAMS PASSWORDSyntaxdot1x supplicant-params password valueParametersvalueAssigns passwor

Pagina 139 - Configuring the Banners

Chapter 72: 802.1x Port-based Network Access Control Commands1122DOT1X SUPPLICANT-PARAMS USERNAMESyntaxdot1x supplicant-params username usernameParame

Pagina 140

AT-8100 Switch Command Line User’s Guide1123DOT1X TIMEOUT TX-PERIODSyntaxdot1x timeout tx-period valueParametersvalueSets the number of seconds an aut

Pagina 141

Chapter 72: 802.1x Port-based Network Access Control Commands1124NO AAA AUTHENTICATION DOT1X DEFAULT GROUP RADIUSSyntaxno aaa authentication dot1x def

Pagina 142

AT-8100 Switch Command Line User’s Guide1125NO AUTH DYNAMIC-VLAN-CREATIONSyntaxno auth dynamic-vlan-creationParametersNoneModePort Interface modeDescr

Pagina 143 - Chapter 8

Chapter 72: 802.1x Port-based Network Access Control Commands1126NO AUTH GUEST-VLANSyntaxno auth guest-vlanParametersNoneModePort Interface modeDescri

Pagina 144

AT-8100 Switch Command Line User’s Guide1127NO AUTH REAUTHENTICATIONSyntaxno auth reauthenticationParametersNoneModePort Interface modeDescriptionUse

Pagina 145 - BANNER EXEC

Chapter 72: 802.1x Port-based Network Access Control Commands1128NO AUTH-MAC ENABLESyntaxno auth-mac enableParametersNoneModePort Interface modeDescri

Pagina 146

AT-8100 Switch Command Line User’s Guide1129NO DOT1X PORT-CONTROLSyntaxno dot1x port-controlParametersNoneModePort Interface modeDescriptionUse this c

Pagina 147 - BANNER LOGIN

AT-8100 Switch Command Line User’s Guide113Displaying the System Environmental StatusThe switch monitors the environmental status of the switch and an

Pagina 148

Chapter 72: 802.1x Port-based Network Access Control Commands1130NO DOT1X PORT-CONTROL SUPPLICANTSyntaxno dot1x port-control supplicantParametersNoneM

Pagina 149 - BANNER MOTD

AT-8100 Switch Command Line User’s Guide1131SHOW AUTH-MAC INTERFACESyntaxshow auth-mac interface portParametersportSpecifies a port. You can display m

Pagina 150

Chapter 72: 802.1x Port-based Network Access Control Commands1132SHOW AUTH-MAC SESSIONSTATISTICS INTERFACESyntaxshow auth-mac sessionstatistics interf

Pagina 151 - BAUD-RATE SET

AT-8100 Switch Command Line User’s Guide1133SHOW AUTH-MAC STATISTICS INTERFACESyntaxshow auth-mac statistics interface portParametersportSpecifies a p

Pagina 152 - CLOCK SET

Chapter 72: 802.1x Port-based Network Access Control Commands1134SHOW AUTH-MAC SUPPLICANT INTERFACESyntaxshow auth-mac supplicant interface portParame

Pagina 153 - ERASE STARTUP-CONFIG

AT-8100 Switch Command Line User’s Guide1135SHOW DOT1XSyntaxshow dot1xParametersNoneModePrivileged Exec modeDescriptionUse this command to display whe

Pagina 154 - EXEC-TIMEOUT

Chapter 72: 802.1x Port-based Network Access Control Commands1136SHOW DOT1X INTERFACESyntaxshow dot1x interface portParametersportSpecifies a port. Yo

Pagina 155

AT-8100 Switch Command Line User’s Guide1137SHOW DOT1X STATISTICS INTERFACESyntaxshow dot1x statistics interface portParametersportSpecifies a port. Y

Pagina 156

Chapter 72: 802.1x Port-based Network Access Control Commands1138SHOW DOT1X SUPPLICANT INTERFACESyntaxshow dot1x supplicant interface port [brief]Para

Pagina 157 - HOSTNAME

AT-8100 Switch Command Line User’s Guide1139ExampleThis example displays the supplicant state of the authentication mode on ports 1.0.21 to 1.0.23:awp

Pagina 158 - LINE CONSOLE

Chapter 5: Temperature and Fan Control Overview114Controlling Eco-Mode LEDAlliedWare Plus products provide an Eco-Mode LED control to conserve additio

Pagina 159 - LINE VTY

Chapter 72: 802.1x Port-based Network Access Control Commands1140

Pagina 160 - NO HOSTNAME

1141Section XSimple Network Management ProtocolsThis section contains the following chapters: Chapter 73, “SNMPv1 and SNMPv2c” on page 1143 Chapter

Pagina 162

1143Chapter 73SNMPv1 and SNMPv2cThis chapter contains the following topics: “Overview” on page 1144 “Enabling SNMPv1 and SNMPv2c” on page 1146 “Cre

Pagina 163 - PING IPv6

Chapter 73: SNMPv1 and SNMPv2c1144OverviewThe Simple Network Management Protocol (SNMP) is another way for you to monitor and configure the switch. Th

Pagina 164

AT-8100 Switch Command Line User’s Guide1145To configure the switch to send trap or inform messages, you have to add to one or more of the community s

Pagina 165

Chapter 73: SNMPv1 and SNMPv2c1146Enabling SNMPv1 and SNMPv2cTo enable SNMP on the switch, use the SNMP-SERVER command, found in the Global Configurat

Pagina 166 - SERVICE MAXMANAGER

AT-8100 Switch Command Line User’s Guide1147Creating Community StringsTo create SNMPv1 and SNMPv2c community strings, use the SNMP-SERVER COMMUNITY co

Pagina 167 - SHOW BANNER LOGIN

Chapter 73: SNMPv1 and SNMPv2c1148Adding or Removing IP Addresses of Trap or Inform ReceiversThe command to add IP addresses of trap or inform receive

Pagina 168 - SHOW BAUD-RATE

AT-8100 Switch Command Line User’s Guide1149This example assigns the IP address 143.154.76.17 as an inform message receiver to the community string “s

Pagina 169 - SHOW CLOCK

115Chapter 6Temperature and Fan Control CommandsThe temperature and fan control commands are summarized in Table 6.Table 6. Temperature and Fan Contro

Pagina 170 - SHOW RUNNING-CONFIG

Chapter 73: SNMPv1 and SNMPv2c1150Deleting Community StringsTo delete community strings, use the NO SNMP-SERVER COMMUNITY command. Here is the format:

Pagina 171 - SHOW SWITCH

AT-8100 Switch Command Line User’s Guide1151Disabling SNMPv1 and SNMPv2cTo disable SNMP on the switch, use the NO SNMP-SERVER command. You cannot remo

Pagina 172

Chapter 73: SNMPv1 and SNMPv2c1152Displaying SNMPv1 and SNMPv2cTo learn whether SNMP is enabled or disabled on the switch, go to the Privileged Exec m

Pagina 173 - SHOW SYSTEM

AT-8100 Switch Command Line User’s Guide1153To view the trap and inform receivers assigned to the community strings, use the SHOW RUNNING-CONFIG SNMP

Pagina 174 - SHOW SYSTEM SERIALNUMBER

Chapter 73: SNMPv1 and SNMPv2c1154

Pagina 175 - SHOW USERS

1155Chapter 74SNMPv1 and SNMPv2c CommandsThe SNMPv1 and SNMPv2c commands are summarized in Table 116 and described in detail within the chapter.Table

Pagina 176

Chapter 74: SNMPv1 and SNMPv2c Commands1156“SHOW SNMP-SERVER VIEW” on page 1169Privileged Exec Displays the SNMP views.“SNMP-SERVER” on page 1170 Glob

Pagina 177 - SHOW VERSION

AT-8100 Switch Command Line User’s Guide1157NO SNMP-SERVERSyntaxno snmp-serverParametersNoneModeGlobal Configuration modeDescriptionUse this command t

Pagina 178 - SNMP-SERVER CONTACT

Chapter 74: SNMPv1 and SNMPv2c Commands1158NO SNMP-SERVER COMMUNITYSyntaxno snmp-server community communityParametercommunitySpecifies an SNMP communi

Pagina 179 - SNMP-SERVER LOCATION

AT-8100 Switch Command Line User’s Guide1159NO SNMP-SERVER ENABLE TRAPSyntaxno snmp-server enable trapParametersNoneModeGlobal Configuration modeDescr

Pagina 180 - SYSTEM TERRITORY

Chapter 6: Temperature and Fan Control Commands116ECOFRIENDLY LEDSyntaxecofriendly ledParametersNoneModeGlobal Configuration modeDescriptionUse this c

Pagina 181

Chapter 74: SNMPv1 and SNMPv2c Commands1160NO SNMP-SERVER ENABLE TRAP AUTHSyntaxno snmp-server enable trap authParametersNoneModeGlobal Configuration

Pagina 182

AT-8100 Switch Command Line User’s Guide1161NO SNMP-SERVER HOSTSyntaxno snmp-server host ipaddress traps|informs version 1|2c community_stringParamete

Pagina 183 - Port Parameters

Chapter 74: SNMPv1 and SNMPv2c Commands1162ExamplesThis example removes the IPv4 address 115.124.187.4 of a trap receiver from the private community s

Pagina 184 - Adding Descriptions

AT-8100 Switch Command Line User’s Guide1163NO SNMP-SERVER VIEWSyntaxno snmp-server view viewname oidParametersviewnameSpecifies the name of the view

Pagina 185

Chapter 74: SNMPv1 and SNMPv2c Commands1164NO SNMP TRAP LINK-STATUSSyntaxno snmp trap link-statusParametersNoneModePort Interface modeDescriptionUse t

Pagina 186 - Chapter 9: Port Parameters

AT-8100 Switch Command Line User’s Guide1165SHOW RUNNING-CONFIG SNMPSyntaxshow running-config snmpParametersNoneModePrivileged Exec modeDescriptionUse

Pagina 187

Chapter 74: SNMPv1 and SNMPv2c Commands1166SHOW SNMP-SERVERSyntaxshow snmp-serverParametersNoneModePrivileged Exec modeDescriptionUse this command to

Pagina 188 - Enabling or Disabling Ports

AT-8100 Switch Command Line User’s Guide1167SHOW SNMP-SERVER COMMUNITYSyntaxshow snmp-server communityParametersNoneModePrivileged Exec modeDescriptio

Pagina 189

Chapter 74: SNMPv1 and SNMPv2c Commands1168ExampleThis example displays the SNMPv1 and SNMPv2c community strings:awplus# show snmp-server community

Pagina 190

AT-8100 Switch Command Line User’s Guide1169SHOW SNMP-SERVER VIEWSyntaxshow snmp-server viewParametersNoneModePrivileged Exec modeDescriptionUse this

Pagina 191

AT-8100 Switch Command Line User’s Guide117NO ECOFRIENDLY LEDSyntaxno ecofriendly ledParametersNoneModeGlobal Configuration modeDescriptionUse this co

Pagina 192

Chapter 74: SNMPv1 and SNMPv2c Commands1170SNMP-SERVERSyntaxsnmp-serverParametersNoneModeGlobal Configuration modeDescriptionUse this command to activ

Pagina 193 - Resetting Ports

AT-8100 Switch Command Line User’s Guide1171SNMP-SERVER COMMUNITYSyntaxsnmp-server community community rw|roParameterscommunitySpecifies a new communi

Pagina 194

Chapter 74: SNMPv1 and SNMPv2c Commands1172SNMP-SERVER ENABLE TRAPSyntaxsnmp-server enable trapParametersNoneModeGlobal Configuration modeDescriptionU

Pagina 195

AT-8100 Switch Command Line User’s Guide1173SNMP-SERVER ENABLE TRAP AUTHSyntaxsnmp-server enable trap authParametersNoneModeGlobal Configuration modeD

Pagina 196

Chapter 74: SNMPv1 and SNMPv2c Commands1174SNMP-SERVER HOSTSyntaxsnmp-server host ipaddress traps|informs version 1|2c communityParametersipaddressSpe

Pagina 197

AT-8100 Switch Command Line User’s Guide1175ExamplesThis example assigns the IPv4 address 149.44.12.44 of a trap receiver to the private community str

Pagina 198

Chapter 74: SNMPv1 and SNMPv2c Commands1176SNMP-SERVER VIEWSyntaxsnmp-server view viewname oid excluded|includedParametersviewnameSpecifies the name o

Pagina 199

AT-8100 Switch Command Line User’s Guide1177This example creates the new view “AlliedTelesis” that limits the available MIB objects to those in the OI

Pagina 200 - Displaying Port

Chapter 74: SNMPv1 and SNMPv2c Commands1178SNMP TRAP LINK-STATUSSyntaxsnmp trap link-statusParametersNoneModePort Interface modeDescriptionUse this co

Pagina 201

1179Chapter 75SNMPv3 CommandsThe SNMPv3 commands are summarized in Table 119 and described in detail within the chapter.Table 119. SNMPv3 CommandsComm

Pagina 202 - Displaying SFP Information

Chapter 6: Temperature and Fan Control Commands118SHOW ECOFRIENDLYSyntaxshow ecofriendlyParametersNoneModePrivileged Exec modeDescriptionUse this comm

Pagina 203 - Port Parameter Commands

Chapter 75: SNMPv3 Commands1180“SNMP-SERVER GROUP” on page 1195Global ConfigurationCreates SNMPv3 groups.“SNMP-SERVER HOST” on page 1197Global Configu

Pagina 204

AT-8100 Switch Command Line User’s Guide1181NO SNMP-SERVERSyntaxno snmp-serverParametersNoneModeGlobal Configuration modeDescriptionUse this command t

Pagina 205 - Command Mode Description

Chapter 75: SNMPv3 Commands1182NO SNMP-SERVER ENGINEID LOCALSyntaxno snmp-server engineid localParametersNoneModeGlobal Configuration modeDescriptionU

Pagina 206 - BACKPRESSURE

AT-8100 Switch Command Line User’s Guide1183NO SNMP-SERVER GROUPSyntaxno snmp-server group name noauth|auth|privParametersnameSpecifies the name of a

Pagina 207

Chapter 75: SNMPv3 Commands1184NO SNMP-SERVER HOSTSyntaxno snmp-server host ipaddress informs|traps v3 auth|noauth|priv usernameParametersipaddressSpe

Pagina 208

AT-8100 Switch Command Line User’s Guide1185ExampleThis example deletes the host entry with the IPv4 address 187.87.165.12. The user name associated w

Pagina 209 - CLEAR PORT COUNTER

Chapter 75: SNMPv3 Commands1186NO SNMP-SERVER USERSyntaxno snmp-server user userParametersuserSpecifies the name of a user you want to delete from the

Pagina 210 - DESCRIPTION

AT-8100 Switch Command Line User’s Guide1187NO SNMP-SERVER VIEWSyntaxno snmp-server view view OIDParametersviewSpecifies the name of a view to be dele

Pagina 211

Chapter 75: SNMPv3 Commands1188SHOW SNMP-SERVERSyntaxshow snmp-serverParametersNoneModePrivileged Exec modeDescriptionUse this command to display the

Pagina 212

AT-8100 Switch Command Line User’s Guide1189SHOW SNMP-SERVER GROUPSyntaxshow snmp-server groupParametersNoneModePrivileged Exec modeDescriptionUse thi

Pagina 213

AT-8100 Switch Command Line User’s Guide119SHOW SYSTEM ENVIRONMENTSyntaxshow system environmentParametersNoneModePrivileged Exec modeDescriptionUse th

Pagina 214 - EGRESS-RATE-LIMIT

Chapter 75: SNMPv3 Commands1190SHOW SNMP-SERVER HOSTSyntaxshow snmp-server hostParametersNoneModePrivileged Exec modeDescriptionUse this command to di

Pagina 215 - FCTRLLIMIT

AT-8100 Switch Command Line User’s Guide1191SHOW SNMP-SERVER USERSyntaxshow snmp-server userParametersNoneModePrivileged Exec modeDescriptionUse this

Pagina 216 - FLOWCONTROL

Chapter 75: SNMPv3 Commands1192SHOW SNMP-SERVER VIEWSyntaxshow snmp-server viewParameterNoneModePrivileged Exec modeDescriptionUse this command to dis

Pagina 217

AT-8100 Switch Command Line User’s Guide1193SNMP-SERVERSyntaxsnmp-serverParametersNoneModeGlobal Configuration modeDescriptionUse this command to acti

Pagina 218

Chapter 75: SNMPv3 Commands1194SNMP-SERVER ENGINEID LOCALSyntaxsnmp-server engineid local engine-id|defaultParametersengine-idSpecifies the SNMPv3 eng

Pagina 219 - HOLBPLIMIT

AT-8100 Switch Command Line User’s Guide1195SNMP-SERVER GROUPSyntaxsnmp-server group name auth|noauth|priv read readview|write writeviewParametersname

Pagina 220

Chapter 75: SNMPv3 Commands1196ExamplesThis example creates a group called “sta5west” with a minimum security level of privacy. The group has a read v

Pagina 221

AT-8100 Switch Command Line User’s Guide1197SNMP-SERVER HOSTSyntaxsnmp-server host ipaddress informs|traps version 3 auth|noauth|priv usernameParamete

Pagina 222 - NO EGRESS-RATE-LIMIT

Chapter 75: SNMPv3 Commands1198ExampleThis example configures SNMPv3 to send trap messages to an end node with the IPv4 address 149.157.192.12. The us

Pagina 223 - NO FLOWCONTROL

AT-8100 Switch Command Line User’s Guide1199SNMP-SERVER USERSyntaxsnmp-server user username groupname [auth sha|md5 auth_password] [priv des priv_pass

Pagina 224 - NO SHUTDOWN

Contents12Configuring the Maximum Hop Count...491Activati

Pagina 225

Chapter 6: Temperature and Fan Control Commands120Figure 34 shows an example of the information that the command displays when the switch is a stack m

Pagina 226 - NO STORM-CONTROL

Chapter 75: SNMPv3 Commands1200 To create a user that has authentication but not privacy, include the AUTH keyword but not the PRIV keyword. To crea

Pagina 227 - POLARITY

AT-8100 Switch Command Line User’s Guide1201SNMP-SERVER VIEWSyntaxsnmp-server view viewname oid excluded|includedParametersviewnameSpecifies the name

Pagina 228

Chapter 75: SNMPv3 Commands1202This example creates the new view “AlliedTelesis” that limits the available MIB objects to those in the OID 1.3.6.1.4.1

Pagina 229

1203Section XINetwork ManagementThis section contains the following chapters: Chapter 76, “sFlow Agent” on page 1205 Chapter 77, “sFlow Agent Comman

Pagina 231

1205Chapter 76sFlow AgentThis chapter contains the following topics: “Overview” on page 1206 “Configuring the sFlow Agent” on page 1208 “Configurin

Pagina 232 - SHOW FLOWCONTROL INTERFACE

Chapter 76: sFlow Agent1206OverviewThe sFlow agent allows the switch to gather data about the traffic on the ports and to send the data to an sFlow co

Pagina 233

AT-8100 Switch Command Line User’s Guide1207 Number of ingress and egress packets with errors Number of ingress packets with unknown protocolsTo con

Pagina 234 - SHOW INTERFACE

Chapter 76: sFlow Agent1208Configuring the sFlow AgentThe command for defining the IP address of the sFlow collector is the SFLOW COLLECTOR IP command

Pagina 235 - Interface Port number

AT-8100 Switch Command Line User’s Guide1209Configuring the PortsTo configure the ports so that their performance data is collected by the sFlow agent

Pagina 236

AT-8100 Switch Command Line User’s Guide121awplus# show system environment

Pagina 237

Chapter 76: sFlow Agent1210Configuring thePolling IntervalThe polling interval determines how frequently the agent queries the packet counters of the

Pagina 238 - SHOW INTERFACE BRIEF

AT-8100 Switch Command Line User’s Guide1211Enabling the sFlow AgentUse the SFLOW ENABLE command in the Global Configuration mode to activate the sFlo

Pagina 239

Chapter 76: sFlow Agent1212Disabling the sFlow AgentTo stop the sFlow agent from collecting performance data on the ports on the switch and from sendi

Pagina 240 - SHOW INTERFACE STATUS

AT-8100 Switch Command Line User’s Guide1213Displaying the sFlow AgentTo view the IP addresses and UDP port settings of the collectors as defined in t

Pagina 241

Chapter 76: sFlow Agent1214Configuration ExampleHere is an example of how to configure the sFlow agent. The IP address of the sFlow collector is 152.2

Pagina 242

AT-8100 Switch Command Line User’s Guide1215This last command activates the sFlow agent on the switch.Depending on the amount of traffic on the ports

Pagina 243

Chapter 76: sFlow Agent1216

Pagina 244

1217Chapter 77sFlow Agent CommandsThe sFlow agent commands are summarized in Table 120 and described in detail within the chapter.Table 120. sFlow Age

Pagina 245 - SHOW RUNNING-CONFIG INTERFACE

Chapter 77: sFlow Agent Commands1218NO SFLOW COLLECTOR IPSyntaxno sflow collector ip ipaddressParametersipaddressSpecifies the IP address of an sFlow

Pagina 246 - SHOW STORM-CONTROL

AT-8100 Switch Command Line User’s Guide1219NO SFLOW ENABLESyntaxno sflow enableParametersNoneModeGlobal Configuration modeDescriptionUse this command

Pagina 247

Chapter 6: Temperature and Fan Control Commands122

Pagina 248 - SHOW SYSTEM PLUGGABLE

Chapter 77: sFlow Agent Commands1220SFLOW COLLECTOR IPSyntaxsflow collector ip ipaddress [port udp_port]ParametersipaddressSpecifies the IP address of

Pagina 249 - SHOW SYSTEM PLUGGABLE DETAIL

AT-8100 Switch Command Line User’s Guide1221SFLOW ENABLESyntaxsflow enableParametersNoneModeGlobal Configuration modeDescriptionUse this command to ac

Pagina 250 - SHUTDOWN

Chapter 77: sFlow Agent Commands1222SFLOW POLLING-INTERVALSyntaxsflow polling-interval polling-intervalParameterspolling-intervalSpecifies the maximum

Pagina 251

AT-8100 Switch Command Line User’s Guide1223This example removes sFlow monitoring on port 21 using the NO form of the command:awplus> enableawplus#

Pagina 252

Chapter 77: sFlow Agent Commands1224SFLOW SAMPLING-RATESyntaxsflow sampling-rate sampling-rateParameterssampling-rateSpecifies the sampling rate on a

Pagina 253

AT-8100 Switch Command Line User’s Guide1225This example disables packet sampling on port 7:awplus> enableawplus# configure terminalawplus(config)#

Pagina 254 - STORM-CONTROL

Chapter 77: sFlow Agent Commands1226SHOW SFLOWSyntaxshow sflow [database]ParametersNoneModePrivileged Exec modeDescriptionUse this command to display

Pagina 255

AT-8100 Switch Command Line User’s Guide1227The fields are described in Table 121.Table 121. SHOW SFLOW CommandParameter DescriptionNumber of Collecto

Pagina 256

Chapter 77: sFlow Agent Commands1228ExampleThis example displays the settings of the sFlow agent:awplus> enableawplus# show sflow

Pagina 257 - Power Over Ethernet

1229Chapter 78LLDP and LLDP-MEDThis chapter contains the following topics “Overview” on page 1230 “Enabling LLDP and LLDP-MED on the Switch” on page

Pagina 258

123Section IIBasic OperationsThis section contains the following chapters: Chapter 7, “Basic Switch Management” on page 125 Chapter 8, “Basic Switch

Pagina 259 - Prioritization

Chapter 78: LLDP and LLDP-MED1230OverviewLink Layer Discovery Protocol (LLDP) and Link Layer Discovery Protocol for Media Endpoint Devices (LLDP-MED)

Pagina 260 - Enabling and Disabling PoE

AT-8100 Switch Command Line User’s Guide1231MandatoryLLDP TLVsMandatory LLDP TLVs are sent by default on ports that send TLVs. The TLVs are defined in

Pagina 261

Chapter 78: LLDP and LLDP-MED1232System capabilities The device’s router and bridge functions, and whether or not these functions are currently enable

Pagina 262

AT-8100 Switch Command Line User’s Guide1233The switch does not verify whether a device connected to a port is LLDP-compatible prior to sending mandat

Pagina 263 - Prioritizing Ports

Chapter 78: LLDP and LLDP-MED1234Extended power managementThe following PoE information: Power Type field: Power Sourcing Entity (PSE). Power Source

Pagina 264

AT-8100 Switch Command Line User’s Guide1235Enabling LLDP and LLDP-MED on the SwitchTo enable LLDP and LLDP-MED on the switch, use the LLDP RUN comman

Pagina 265 - Managing Legacy PDs

Chapter 78: LLDP and LLDP-MED1236Configuring Ports to Only Receive LLDP and LLDP-MED TLVsThis is the first in a series of examples that show how to co

Pagina 266 - Monitoring Power Consumption

AT-8100 Switch Command Line User’s Guide1237Configuring Ports to Send Only Mandatory LLDP TLVsThis example illustrates how to configure the ports to r

Pagina 267 - Displaying PoE Information

Chapter 78: LLDP and LLDP-MED1238Configuring Ports to Send Optional LLDP TLVsThis example illustrates how to configure the ports to send optional LLDP

Pagina 268

AT-8100 Switch Command Line User’s Guide1239Here are the commands to configure the ports to send the TLVs:awplus> enableEnter the Privileged Execut

Pagina 269 - Power Over Ethernet Commands

124Chapter 30, “DHCP Relay Commands” on page 493 Chapter 31, “Group Link Control” on page 511 Chapter 32, “Group Link Control Commands” on page 525

Pagina 270

Chapter 78: LLDP and LLDP-MED1240Configuring Ports to Send Optional LLDP-MED TLVsThis section explains how to configure the ports to send these option

Pagina 271

AT-8100 Switch Command Line User’s Guide1241awplus# show lldp interface port1.0.3,port1.0.4Use the SHOW LLDP INTERFACE command to confirm the configur

Pagina 272 - NO POWER-INLINE ALLOW-LEGACY

Chapter 78: LLDP and LLDP-MED1242Configuring Ports to Send LLDP-MED Civic Location TLVsCivic location TLVs specify the physical addresses of network d

Pagina 273 - NO POWER-INLINE DESCRIPTION

AT-8100 Switch Command Line User’s Guide12433. Move to the Port Interface mode of the ports to which the entry is to be assigned. (A civic location en

Pagina 274 - NO POWER-INLINE ENABLE

Chapter 78: LLDP and LLDP-MED1244This series of commands adds the new location entry to port 14 and configures the port to include the location TLV in

Pagina 275 - NO POWER-INLINE MAX

AT-8100 Switch Command Line User’s Guide1245Configuring Ports to Send LLDP-MED Coordinate Location TLVsCoordinate location TLVs specify the locations

Pagina 276 - NO POWER-INLINE PRIORITY

Chapter 78: LLDP and LLDP-MED12463. Move to the Port Interface mode of the ports to which the entry is to be assigned. (A coordinate location entry ca

Pagina 277

AT-8100 Switch Command Line User’s Guide1247This series of commands adds the entry to port 15 and configures the port to include the TLV in its advert

Pagina 278 - NO SERVICE POWER-INLINE

Chapter 78: LLDP and LLDP-MED1248awplus# show location coord-location interface port1.0.15Use the SHOW LOCATION command to confirm the configuration.a

Pagina 279

AT-8100 Switch Command Line User’s Guide1249Configuring Ports to Send LLDP-MED ELIN Location TLVsThis type of TLV specifies the location of a network

Pagina 280 - POWER-INLINE ALLOW-LEGACY

125Chapter 7Basic Switch ManagementThis chapter contains the following: “Adding a Name to the Switch” on page 126 “Adding Contact and Location Infor

Pagina 281 - POWER-INLINE DESCRIPTION

Chapter 78: LLDP and LLDP-MED1250This series of commands adds the entry to port 5 and configures the port to include the TLV in its advertisements:awp

Pagina 282 - POWER-INLINE ENABLE

AT-8100 Switch Command Line User’s Guide1251Removing LLDP TLVs from PortsTo stop ports from sending optional LLDP TLVs, use this command:no lldp tlv-s

Pagina 283 - POWER-INLINE MAX

Chapter 78: LLDP and LLDP-MED1252Removing LLDP-MED TLVs from PortsTo remove optional LLDP-MED TLVs from ports, use the NO LLDP MED-TLV-SELECT command:

Pagina 284 - POWER-INLINE PRIORITY

AT-8100 Switch Command Line User’s Guide1253Deleting LLDP-MED Location EntriesThe command for deleting LLDP-MED location entries from the switch is:no

Pagina 285

Chapter 78: LLDP and LLDP-MED1254Disabling LLDP and LLDP-MED on the SwitchTo disable LLDP and LLDP-MED on the switch, use the NO LLDP RUN command in t

Pagina 286 - POWER-INLINE USAGE-THRESHOLD

AT-8100 Switch Command Line User’s Guide1255Displaying General LLDP SettingsTo view the timers and other general LLDP and LLDP-MED settings, use the S

Pagina 287 - SERVICE POWER-INLINE

Chapter 78: LLDP and LLDP-MED1256Displaying Port SettingsTo view the LLDP and LLDP-MED settings of the individual ports on the switch, use the SHOW LL

Pagina 288 - SHOW POWER-INLINE

AT-8100 Switch Command Line User’s Guide1257Displaying or Clearing Neighbor InformationThere are two commands for displaying the information the switc

Pagina 289

Chapter 78: LLDP and LLDP-MED1258This example clears the information the switch has received from all the neighbors:awplus> enableawplus# clear lld

Pagina 290

AT-8100 Switch Command Line User’s Guide1259Displaying Port TLVsTo view the TLVs of the individual ports on the switch, use the SHOW LLDP LOCAL-INFO I

Pagina 291

Chapter 7: Basic Switch Management126Adding a Name to the SwitchThe switch will be easier to identify if you assign it a name. The switch displays its

Pagina 292

Chapter 78: LLDP and LLDP-MED1260Displaying and Clearing StatisticsThe switch maintains LLDP and LLDP-MED performance statistics for the the individua

Pagina 293 - SHOW POWER-INLINE INTERFACE

1261Chapter 79LLDP and LLDP-MED CommandsThe Link Layer Discovery Protocol commands are summarized in Table 128 and described in detail within the chap

Pagina 294

Chapter 79: LLDP and LLDP-MED Commands1262“LLDP NOTIFICATION-INTERVAL” on page 1276Global ConfigurationSets the notification interval, which is the mi

Pagina 295

AT-8100 Switch Command Line User’s Guide1263“NO LLDP MED-TLV-SELECT” on page 1293Port Interface Stops ports from transmitting specified LLDP-MED TLVs.

Pagina 296

Chapter 79: LLDP and LLDP-MED Commands1264CLEAR LLDP STATISTICSSyntaxclear lldp statistics [interface port]ParametersportSpecifies a port. You can spe

Pagina 297

AT-8100 Switch Command Line User’s Guide1265CLEAR LLDP TABLESyntaxclear lldp table [interface port]ParametersportSpecifies a port. You can specify mor

Pagina 298

Chapter 79: LLDP and LLDP-MED Commands1266LLDP HOLDTIME-MULTIPLIERSyntaxlldp holdtime-multiplier holdtime-multiplierParametersholdtime-multiplierSpeci

Pagina 299 - Chapter 13

AT-8100 Switch Command Line User’s Guide1267LLDP LOCATIONSyntaxlldp location civic-location-id|coord-location-id|elin-location-id location_idParameter

Pagina 300

Chapter 79: LLDP and LLDP-MED Commands1268This example adds the coordinate location ID 11 to port 2:awplus> enableawplus# configure terminalawplus(

Pagina 301

AT-8100 Switch Command Line User’s Guide1269LLDP MANAGEMENT-ADDRESSSyntaxlldp management-address ipaddressParametersipaddressSpecifies an IP address.M

Pagina 302

AT-8100 Switch Command Line User’s Guide127Adding Contact and Location InformationThe commands for assigning the switch contact and location informati

Pagina 303 - Management

Chapter 79: LLDP and LLDP-MED Commands1270ExamplesThis example configures port 2 to transmit the IP address 149.122.54.2 as its management IP address

Pagina 304

AT-8100 Switch Command Line User’s Guide1271LLDP MED-NOTIFICATIONSSyntaxlldp med-notificationsParametersNoneModePort Interface modeDescriptionUse this

Pagina 305 - Default Gateway

Chapter 79: LLDP and LLDP-MED Commands1272LLDP MED-TLV-SELECTSyntaxlldp med-tlv-select capabilities|network-policy|location|power-management-ext|inven

Pagina 306 - Address and

AT-8100 Switch Command Line User’s Guide1273ExamplesThis example configures ports 3 to 8 to send the inventory management TLV to their neighbors:awplu

Pagina 307 - Displaying an

Chapter 79: LLDP and LLDP-MED Commands1274LLDP NON-STRICT-MED-TLV-ORDER-CHECKSyntaxlldp non-strict-med-tlv-order-checkParametersNoneModeGlobal Configu

Pagina 308 - Adding an IPv6

AT-8100 Switch Command Line User’s Guide1275LLDP NOTIFICATIONSSyntaxlldp notificationsParametersNoneModePort Interface modeDescriptionUse this command

Pagina 309

Chapter 79: LLDP and LLDP-MED Commands1276LLDP NOTIFICATION-INTERVALSyntaxlldp notification-interval intervalParametersintervalSpecifies the notificat

Pagina 310 - Deleting an IPv6

AT-8100 Switch Command Line User’s Guide1277LLDP REINITSyntaxlldp reinit delayParametersdelaySpecifies the re-initialization delay value. The range is

Pagina 311

Chapter 79: LLDP and LLDP-MED Commands1278LLDP RUNSyntaxlldp runParametersNoneModeGlobal Configuration modeDescriptionUse this command to activate LLD

Pagina 312

AT-8100 Switch Command Line User’s Guide1279LLDP TIMERSyntaxlldp timer intervalParametersintervalSpecifies the transmit interval. The range is 5 to 32

Pagina 313

Chapter 7: Basic Switch Management128Displaying Parameter SettingsTo display the current parameter settings on the switch, use the SHOW RUNNING-CONFIG

Pagina 314

Chapter 79: LLDP and LLDP-MED Commands1280LLDP TLV-SELECTSyntaxlldp tlv-select all|tlvParametersallConfigures a port to send all optional TLVs.tlvSpec

Pagina 315 - CLEAR IPV6 NEIGHBORS

AT-8100 Switch Command Line User’s Guide1281To remove optional TLVs from ports, refer to “NO LLDP TLV-SELECT” on page 1297.Confirmation Command“SHOW L

Pagina 316

Chapter 79: LLDP and LLDP-MED Commands1282ExamplesThis example configures ports 3 to 5 to transmit all the optional LLDP TLVs:awplus> enableawplus#

Pagina 317

AT-8100 Switch Command Line User’s Guide1283LLDP TRANSMIT RECEIVESyntaxlldp transmit receive|transmitParameterstransmitConfigures ports to send LLDP a

Pagina 318

Chapter 79: LLDP and LLDP-MED Commands1284LLDP TX-DELAYSyntaxlldp tx-delay tx-delayParameterstx-delaySpecifies the transmission delay timer in seconds

Pagina 319

AT-8100 Switch Command Line User’s Guide1285LOCATION CIVIC-LOCATIONSyntaxlocation civic-location identifier id_numberParametersid_numberSpecifies an I

Pagina 320

Chapter 79: LLDP and LLDP-MED Commands1286Here are the guidelines to using the location parameters: The country parameter must be two uppercase chara

Pagina 321 - 143.87.132.45:

AT-8100 Switch Command Line User’s Guide1287After you create a location entry, use “LLDP LOCATION” on page 1267 to assign the location entry to a port

Pagina 322 - IPV6 ADDRESS

Chapter 79: LLDP and LLDP-MED Commands1288LOCATION COORD-LOCATIONSyntaxlocation coordinate-location identifier id_numberParametersid_numberSpecifies a

Pagina 323

AT-8100 Switch Command Line User’s Guide1289This command is also used to remove parameter values from existing LLDP-MED coordinate location entries. T

Pagina 324 - IPV6 ROUTE

AT-8100 Switch Command Line User’s Guide129Manually Setting the Date and TimeTo manually set the date and time on the switch, use the CLOCK SET comman

Pagina 325 - 45ab:672:934c::78:17cb:

Chapter 79: LLDP and LLDP-MED Commands1290ExamplesThis example creates a new coordinate location entry with these specifications.ID number: 16Latitud

Pagina 326

AT-8100 Switch Command Line User’s Guide1291LOCATION ELIN-LOCATIONSyntaxlocation elin-location elin_id identifier id_numberParameterselin_idSpecifies

Pagina 327

Chapter 79: LLDP and LLDP-MED Commands1292NO LLDP MED-NOTIFICATIONSSyntaxno lldp med-notificationsParametersNoneModePort Interface modeDescriptionUse

Pagina 328

AT-8100 Switch Command Line User’s Guide1293NO LLDP MED-TLV-SELECTSyntaxno lldp med-tlv-select capabilities|network-policy|location|power-management-e

Pagina 329 - NO IPV6 ADDRESS

Chapter 79: LLDP and LLDP-MED Commands1294ExamplesThis example stops port 8 from transmitting all LLDP-MED TLVs:awplus> enableawplus# configure ter

Pagina 330 - NO IPV6 ROUTE

AT-8100 Switch Command Line User’s Guide1295NO LLDP NOTIFICATIONSSyntaxno lldp notificationsParametersNoneModePort Interface modeDescriptionUse this c

Pagina 331

Chapter 79: LLDP and LLDP-MED Commands1296NO LLDP RUNSyntaxno lldp runParametersNoneModeGlobal Configuration modeDescriptionUse this command to disabl

Pagina 332

AT-8100 Switch Command Line User’s Guide1297NO LLDP TLV-SELECTSyntaxno lldp tlv-select all|tlvParametersallRemoves all optional LLDP TLVs from a port.

Pagina 333

Chapter 79: LLDP and LLDP-MED Commands1298NO LLDP TRANSMIT RECEIVESyntaxno lldp transmit|receiveParameterstransmitStops ports from sending LLDP and LL

Pagina 334

AT-8100 Switch Command Line User’s Guide1299NO LOCATIONSyntaxno location civic-location|coord-location|elin-location identifier id_numberParametersciv

Pagina 335 - SHOW IPV6 INTERFACE

AT-8100 Switch Command Line User’s Guide13Chapter 36: Boot Configuration Files ...

Pagina 336 - SHOW IPV6 ROUTE

Chapter 7: Basic Switch Management130Pinging Network DevicesIf the switch is unable to communicate with a network device, such as a syslog server or a

Pagina 337 - Chapter 15

Chapter 79: LLDP and LLDP-MED Commands1300This example removes the ELIN location IDs 3 and 4:awplus> enableawplus# configure terminalawplus(config)

Pagina 338

AT-8100 Switch Command Line User’s Guide1301SHOW LLDPSyntaxshow lldpParametersNone.ModePrivileged Exec modeDescriptionUse this command to display gene

Pagina 339 - SNTP Server

Chapter 79: LLDP and LLDP-MED Commands1302ExampleThe following example displays general LLDP settings:awplus# show lldpHold-time Multiplier The holdti

Pagina 340

AT-8100 Switch Command Line User’s Guide1303SHOW LLDP INTERFACESyntaxshow lldp interface [port]ParametersportSpecifies a port, You can specify more th

Pagina 341

Chapter 79: LLDP and LLDP-MED Commands1304ExamplesThis example displays the LLDP settings for all the ports on the switch:awplus# show lldp interfaceT

Pagina 342 - Disabling the SNTP Client

AT-8100 Switch Command Line User’s Guide1305SHOW LLDP LOCAL-INFO INTERFACESyntaxshow lldp local-info [interface port]ParametersportSpecifies a port, Y

Pagina 343 - Displaying the SNTP Client

Chapter 79: LLDP and LLDP-MED Commands1306Figure 219. SHOW LLDP LOCAL-INFO INTERFACE Command (continued)The fields are defined in Table 133 on page 13

Pagina 344 - Displaying the Date and Time

AT-8100 Switch Command Line User’s Guide1307SHOW LLDP NEIGHBORS DETAILSyntaxshow lldp neighbors detail [interface port]ParametersportSpecifies a port.

Pagina 345 - SNTP Client Commands

Chapter 79: LLDP and LLDP-MED Commands1308Figure 221. SHOW LLDP NEIGHBORS DETAIL Command (continued)The information is explained in Table 133.LLDP-MED

Pagina 346 - CLOCK SUMMER-TIME

AT-8100 Switch Command Line User’s Guide1309System Capabilities (Enabled)The device’s functions, and whether or not these functions are currently enab

Pagina 347 - CLOCK TIMEZONE

AT-8100 Switch Command Line User’s Guide131Resetting the SwitchTo reset the switch, use either the REBOOT or RELOAD command in the Privileged Exec mod

Pagina 348 - NO CLOCK SUMMER-TIME

Chapter 79: LLDP and LLDP-MED Commands1310Network Policy The network policy information configured on the port for connected media endpoint devices. T

Pagina 349 - NO NTP PEER

AT-8100 Switch Command Line User’s Guide1311ExamplesThis example displays the information from all of the neighbors on the switch:awplus# show lldp ne

Pagina 350 - NTP PEER

Chapter 79: LLDP and LLDP-MED Commands1312SHOW LLDP NEIGHBORS INTERFACESyntaxshow lldp neighbors interface [port]ParametersportSpecifies a port. You c

Pagina 351 - PURGE NTP

AT-8100 Switch Command Line User’s Guide1313ExamplesThis example displays a summary of the information from all the neighbors connected to the switch:

Pagina 352

Chapter 79: LLDP and LLDP-MED Commands1314SHOW LLDP STATISTICSSyntaxshow lldp statisticsParametersNoneModeUser Exec mode and Privileged Exec modeDescr

Pagina 353 - SHOW NTP ASSOCIATIONS

AT-8100 Switch Command Line User’s Guide1315ExampleThe following example displays LLDP statistics for the switch:awplus# show lldp statisticsTLVs Unre

Pagina 354

Chapter 79: LLDP and LLDP-MED Commands1316SHOW LLDP STATISTICS INTERFACESyntaxshow lldp statistics interface [port]ParametersportSpecifies a port. You

Pagina 355 - SHOW NTP STATUS

AT-8100 Switch Command Line User’s Guide1317ExamplesThis example displays the statistics for all the ports:awplus# show lldp statistics interfaceThis

Pagina 356

Chapter 79: LLDP and LLDP-MED Commands1318SHOW LOCATIONSyntaxshow location civic-location|coord-location|elin-location [identifier id-number|interface

Pagina 357 - Domain Name System (DNS)

AT-8100 Switch Command Line User’s Guide1319ExamplesThe following example displays all the civic location entries on the switch:awplus# show location

Pagina 358

Chapter 7: Basic Switch Management132Restoring the Default Settings to the SwitchTo restore the default settings to the switch, delete or rename the a

Pagina 359

Chapter 79: LLDP and LLDP-MED Commands1320

Pagina 360

1321Chapter 80Address Resolution Protocol (ARP)This chapter contains the following topics: “Overview” on page 1322 “Adding Static ARP Entries” on pa

Pagina 361

Chapter 80: Address Resolution Protocol (ARP)1322OverviewThe Address Resolution Protocol (ARP) is used to associate an IPv4 address with a MAC address

Pagina 362

AT-8100 Switch Command Line User’s Guide1323Adding Static ARP EntriesIn most cases, the ARP table can be populated dynamically; however, the switch al

Pagina 363

Chapter 80: Address Resolution Protocol (ARP)1324Deleting Static and Dynamic ARP EntriesThe ARP cache contains two types of ARP entries: dynamic and s

Pagina 364

AT-8100 Switch Command Line User’s Guide1325Displaying the ARP TableTo display the ARP table on the switch, use the SHOW ARP command in the User Exec

Pagina 365

Chapter 80: Address Resolution Protocol (ARP)1326

Pagina 366 - IP NAME-SERVER

1327Chapter 81Address Resolution Protocol (ARP) CommandsThe ARP commands are summarized in Table 139 and described in detail within the chapter.Table

Pagina 367

Chapter 81: Address Resolution Protocol (ARP) Commands1328ARP Syntaxarp ipaddress macaddress port_numberParametersipaddressSpecifies the IP address of

Pagina 368 - IP DOMAIN-NAME

AT-8100 Switch Command Line User’s Guide1329ExampleThe following example creates an ARP entry for the IP address 192.168.1.3 and the MAC address 7a:54

Pagina 369 - IP DOMAIN-LIST

AT-8100 Switch Command Line User’s Guide133Another way to delete the file is with the ERASE STARTUP-CONFIG command, also in the Privileged Exec mode.

Pagina 370

Chapter 81: Address Resolution Protocol (ARP) Commands1330CLEAR ARP-CACHESyntaxclear arp-cacheParametersNoneModesUser Exec mode and Privileged Exec mo

Pagina 371 - IP DOMAIN-LOOKUP

AT-8100 Switch Command Line User’s Guide1331NO ARP (IP ADDRESS)Syntaxno arp ipaddressParametersipaddressSpecifies the IP address of a static ARP entry

Pagina 372 - SHOW IP NAME-SERVER

Chapter 81: Address Resolution Protocol (ARP) Commands1332SHOW ARPSyntaxshow arpParametersNoneModesUser Exec mode and Privileged Exec modeDescriptionU

Pagina 373 - SHOW IP DOMAIN-NAME

AT-8100 Switch Command Line User’s Guide1333ExampleThe following example displays the ARP entries in the ARP cache on the switch:awplus# show arpType

Pagina 374 - SHOW HOSTS

Chapter 81: Address Resolution Protocol (ARP) Commands1334

Pagina 375

1335Chapter 82RMONThis chapter contains the following topics: “Overview” on page 1336 “RMON Port Statistics” on page 1337 “RMON Histories” on page

Pagina 376

Chapter 82: RMON1336OverviewThe RMON (Remote MONitoring) MIB is used with SNMP applications to monitor the operations of network devices. The switch s

Pagina 377

AT-8100 Switch Command Line User’s Guide1337RMON Port StatisticsTo view port statistics using an SNMP program and the RMON section in the MIB, you mus

Pagina 378 - Adding Static MAC Addresses

Chapter 82: RMON1338awplus(config-if)# rmon collection stats 16awplus(config-if)# exitawplus(config)# interface port1.0.20awplus(config-if)# rmon coll

Pagina 379

AT-8100 Switch Command Line User’s Guide1339RMON HistoriesRMON histories are snapshots of port statistics. They are taken by the switch at predefined

Pagina 380 - Deleting MAC Addresses

Chapter 7: Basic Switch Management134Setting the Baud Rate of the Console PortThe Console port is used for local management of the switch. To set its

Pagina 381

Chapter 82: RMON1340snapshot every minute for five minutes on a port, you specify five buckets (one bucket for each minute) and an interval of sixty s

Pagina 382 - Setting the Aging Timer

AT-8100 Switch Command Line User’s Guide1341Here is an example of the information.Figure 229. SHOW RMON HISTORY CommandThe fields are defined in Table

Pagina 383

Chapter 82: RMON1342RMON AlarmsRMON alarms are used to generate alert messages when packet activity on designated ports rises above or falls below spe

Pagina 384 - Chapter 19: MAC Address Table

AT-8100 Switch Command Line User’s Guide1343The following sections explain how to create and manage the various elements of an alarm: “Creating RMON

Pagina 385 - MAC Address Table Commands

Chapter 82: RMON1344The owner parameter is useful in situations where more than one person is managing the switch. You can use it to identify who crea

Pagina 386 - CLEAR MAC ADDRESS-TABLE

AT-8100 Switch Command Line User’s Guide1345The range is 1 to 65535 seconds.The DELTA and ABSOLUTE parameters define the type of change that has to oc

Pagina 387

Chapter 82: RMON1346The next series of steps creates the event, which enters a message in the event log whenever the thresholds are crossed:Here are t

Pagina 388 - MAC ADDRESS-TABLE AGEING-TIME

AT-8100 Switch Command Line User’s Guide1347Here are the steps to creating the alarm:Creating anAlarm - Example2This example creates an alarm that mon

Pagina 389

Chapter 82: RMON1348Phase 2: Adding the RMON Statistics Group to the PortThe steps here add a statistics group to port 20 so that the port statistics

Pagina 390 - MAC ADDRESS-TABLE STATIC

AT-8100 Switch Command Line User’s Guide1349Phase 3: Creating the EventThe event in this example is to send an SNMP trap and to log a message in the e

Pagina 391

AT-8100 Switch Command Line User’s Guide135NoteThe baud rate is the only adjustable parameter on the Console port.For reference information, refer to

Pagina 392 - NO MAC ADDRESS-TABLE STATIC

Chapter 82: RMON1350awplus# show rmon alarmUse the SHOW RMON ALARM command to verify the new alarm.

Pagina 393

1351Chapter 83RMON CommandsThe RMON commands are summarized in Table 142 and described in detail within the chapter.Table 142. RMON CommandsCommand Mo

Pagina 394 - SHOW MAC ADDRESS-TABLE

Chapter 83: RMON Commands1352“SHOW RMON HISTORY” on page 1372Privileged Exec Displays the RMON history groups that are assigned to the ports on the sw

Pagina 395

AT-8100 Switch Command Line User’s Guide1353NO RMON ALARMSyntaxno rmon alarm alarm_idParametersalarm_idSpecifies the ID number of the alarm you want t

Pagina 396

Chapter 83: RMON Commands1354NO RMON COLLECTION HISTORYSyntaxno rmon collection history collection_idParameterscollection_idSpecifies the ID number of

Pagina 397

AT-8100 Switch Command Line User’s Guide1355NO RMON COLLECTION STATSSyntaxno rmon collection stats stats_idParametersstats_idSpecifies the ID number o

Pagina 398

Chapter 83: RMON Commands1356NO RMON EVENTSyntaxno rmon event event_idParametersevent_idSpecifies the ID number of the event you want to delete from t

Pagina 399

AT-8100 Switch Command Line User’s Guide1357RMON ALARMSyntaxrmon alarm alarm_id oid.stats_id interval interval delta|absolute rising-threshold rising-

Pagina 400 - Active Boot

Chapter 83: RMON Commands1358rising_event_idSpecifies the ID number of the event the switch is to perform when the falling threshold is crossed. The e

Pagina 401 - Processes

AT-8100 Switch Command Line User’s Guide1359Confirmation Command“SHOW RMON ALARM” on page 1368ExampleThis example creates an RMON alarm that monitors

Pagina 402

Chapter 7: Basic Switch Management136Configuring the Management Session TimersYou should always conclude a management session by logging off so that i

Pagina 403

Chapter 83: RMON Commands1360RMON COLLECTION HISTORYSyntaxrmon collection history history_id [buckets buckets] [interval interval] [owner owner]Parame

Pagina 404

AT-8100 Switch Command Line User’s Guide1361RMON statistics histories are only viewable from an SNMP application program. There are no commands in the

Pagina 405

Chapter 83: RMON Commands1362RMON COLLECTION STATSSyntaxrmon collection stats stats_id [owner owner]Parametersstats_idSpecifies the ID number of a new

Pagina 406 - Chapter 21: Hardware Stacking

AT-8100 Switch Command Line User’s Guide1363RMON EVENT LOGSyntaxrmon event event_id log description description [owner owner]Parametersevent_idSpecifi

Pagina 407

Chapter 83: RMON Commands1364RMON EVENT LOG TRAPSyntaxrmon event event_id log trap community_string [description description] [owner owner]Parameterse

Pagina 408

AT-8100 Switch Command Line User’s Guide1365ExampleThis example creates an event for RMON alarms with an ID of 2, a community string of “station43a,”

Pagina 409 - Stacking Commands

Chapter 83: RMON Commands1366RMON EVENT TRAPSyntaxrmon event event_id trap community_string [description description] [owner owner]Parametersevent_idS

Pagina 410 - SHOW STACK

AT-8100 Switch Command Line User’s Guide1367ExampleThe following example creates an event with an ID of 4, a community string of “st_west8,” and a des

Pagina 411 - renumber

Chapter 83: RMON Commands1368SHOW RMON ALARMSyntaxshow rmon alarmParametersNoneModePrivileged Exec modeDescriptionUse this command to display the RMON

Pagina 412 - Chapter 22: Stacking Commands

AT-8100 Switch Command Line User’s Guide1369The fields are described in Table 144.ExampleThe following example displays the RMON alarms on the switch:

Pagina 413

AT-8100 Switch Command Line User’s Guide137Both the first_line_id and the last_line_id parameters have value of 0 to 9. You can specify one VTY line o

Pagina 414

Chapter 83: RMON Commands1370SHOW RMON EVENTSyntaxshow rmon eventParametersNoneModePrivileged Exec modeDescriptionUse this command to display the RMON

Pagina 415

AT-8100 Switch Command Line User’s Guide1371ExampleThe following example displays the RMON events on the switch:awplus# show rmon eventEvent type (con

Pagina 416 - Chapter 23: Enhanced Stacking

Chapter 83: RMON Commands1372SHOW RMON HISTORYSyntaxshow rmon historyParametersNoneModePrivileged Exec modeDescriptionUse this command to display the

Pagina 417

AT-8100 Switch Command Line User’s Guide1373ExampleThe following example displays the history groups that are assigned to the ports on the switch:awpl

Pagina 418

Chapter 83: RMON Commands1374SHOW RMON STATISTICSSyntaxshow rmon statisticsParametersNoneModePrivileged Exec modeDescriptionUse this command to displa

Pagina 419 - Save the configuration

1375Section XIIManagement SecurityThis section contains the following chapters: Chapter 84, “Local Manager Accounts” on page 1377 Chapter 85, “Local

Pagina 421

1377Chapter 84Local Manager AccountsThis chapter provides the following topics: “Overview” on page 1378 “Creating Local Manager Accounts” on page 13

Pagina 422

Chapter 84: Local Manager Accounts1378OverviewEach AT-8100 Series switch is pre-configured at the factory with one default manager account. The factor

Pagina 423

AT-8100 Switch Command Line User’s Guide1379Figure 234. Password Prompt for Command Mode RestrictionIf the manager enters the correct password, the Pr

Pagina 424

Chapter 7: Basic Switch Management138Setting the Maximum Number of Manager SessionsThe switch supports up to three manager sessions simultaneously so

Pagina 425

Chapter 84: Local Manager Accounts1380Password encryption is activated with the SERVICE PASSWORD-ENCRYPTION command and deactivated with the NO SERVIC

Pagina 426 - Member Switches

AT-8100 Switch Command Line User’s Guide1381Creating Local Manager AccountsThe command for creating local manager accounts is the USERNAME command in

Pagina 427

Chapter 84: Local Manager Accounts1382Passwords entered in encrypted form remain encrypted in the running configuration even if you disable password e

Pagina 428

AT-8100 Switch Command Line User’s Guide1383Deleting Local Manager AccountsTo delete local manager accounts from the switch, use the NO USERNAME comma

Pagina 429

Chapter 84: Local Manager Accounts1384Activating Command Mode Restriction and Creating the Special PasswordCommand mode restriction is a security feat

Pagina 430

AT-8100 Switch Command Line User’s Guide1385Deactivating Command Mode Restriction and Deleting the Special PasswordThe command for deactivating comman

Pagina 431

Chapter 84: Local Manager Accounts1386Activating or Deactivating Password EncryptionPassword encryption controls the manner in which the switch stores

Pagina 432

AT-8100 Switch Command Line User’s Guide1387Displaying the Local Manager AccountsTo view the local accounts on the switch, use “SHOW RUNNING-CONFIG” o

Pagina 433

Chapter 84: Local Manager Accounts1388

Pagina 434

1389Chapter 85Local Manager Account CommandsThe local manager account commands are summarized in Table 148 and described in detail within the chapter.

Pagina 435 - Disabling Enhanced Stacking

AT-8100 Switch Command Line User’s Guide139Configuring the BannersThe switch has banner messages you may use to identify the switch or to display othe

Pagina 436

Chapter 85: Local Manager Account Commands1390ENABLE PASSWORDSyntaxenable password [8] passwordParameters8Specifies that the password is encrypted.pas

Pagina 437 - Enhanced Stacking Commands

AT-8100 Switch Command Line User’s Guide1391awplus> enableawplus# configure terminalawplus(config)# enable password 8 1255bbf963118fcf750aca356d35f

Pagina 438

Chapter 85: Local Manager Account Commands1392NO ENABLE PASSWORDSyntaxno enable passwordParametersNoneModeGlobal Configuration modeDescriptionUse this

Pagina 439 - ESTACK COMMAND-SWITCH

AT-8100 Switch Command Line User’s Guide1393NO SERVICE PASSWORD-ENCRYPTIONSyntaxno service password-encryptionParametersNoneModeGlobal Configuration m

Pagina 440 - ESTACK RUN

Chapter 85: Local Manager Account Commands1394NO USERNAMESyntaxno username nameParametersnameSpecifies the name of the manager account you want to del

Pagina 441 - NO ESTACK COMMAND-SWITCH

AT-8100 Switch Command Line User’s Guide1395SERVICE PASSWORD-ENCRYPTIONSyntaxservice password-encryptionParametersNoneModeGlobal Configuration modeDes

Pagina 442 - NO ESTACK RUN

Chapter 85: Local Manager Account Commands1396USERNAMESyntaxusername name privilege level password [8] passwordParametersnameSpecifies the name of a n

Pagina 443 - RCOMMAND

AT-8100 Switch Command Line User’s Guide1397ExamplesThis example creates a manager account for the user, allen. The privilege level is 15 to give the

Pagina 444 - REBOOT ESTACK MEMBER

Chapter 85: Local Manager Account Commands1398

Pagina 445

1399Chapter 86Telnet ServerThis chapter provides the following topics: “Overview” on page 1400 “Enabling the Telnet Server” on page 1401 “Disabling

Pagina 446 - SHOW ESTACK

Contents14NO IP IGMP SNOOPING MROUTER ...619SHOW IP

Pagina 447

Chapter 7: Basic Switch Management140The commands for setting the banners are located in the Global Configuration mode with the exception of the SHOW

Pagina 448 - SHOW ESTACK COMMAND-SWITCH

Chapter 86: Telnet Server1400OverviewThe switch comes with a Telnet server so that you can remotely manage the device from Telnet clients on your netw

Pagina 449 - SHOW ESTACK REMOTELIST

AT-8100 Switch Command Line User’s Guide1401Enabling the Telnet ServerTo enable the server, go to the Global Configuration mode and issue the SERVICE

Pagina 450

Chapter 86: Telnet Server1402Disabling the Telnet ServerTo disable the Telnet server, use the NO SERVICE TELNET command in the Global Configuration mo

Pagina 451 - UPLOAD CONFIG REMOTELIST

AT-8100 Switch Command Line User’s Guide1403Displaying the Telnet ServerTo display the status of the Telnet server, use the SHOW TELNET command in the

Pagina 452 - UPLOAD IMAGE REMOTELIST

Chapter 86: Telnet Server1404

Pagina 453

1405Chapter 87Telnet Server CommandsThe Telnet server commands are summarized in Table 149 and described in detail within the chapter.Table 149. Telne

Pagina 454

Chapter 87: Telnet Server Commands1406NO SERVICE TELNETSyntaxno service telnetParametersNoneModeGlobal Configuration modeDescriptionUse this command t

Pagina 455 - Link-flap Protection

AT-8100 Switch Command Line User’s Guide1407SERVICE TELNETSyntaxservice telnetParametersNoneModeGlobal Configuration modeDescriptionUse this command t

Pagina 456

Chapter 87: Telnet Server Commands1408SHOW TELNETSyntaxshow telnetParametersNoneModeUser Exec mode and Privileged Exec modeDescriptionUse this command

Pagina 457

1409Chapter 88Telnet ClientThis chapter provides the following topics: “Overview” on page 1410 “Starting a Remote Management Session with the Telnet

Pagina 458 - Configuring the Feature

AT-8100 Switch Command Line User’s Guide141To remove messages without assigning new messages, use the NO versions of the commands. This example remove

Pagina 459 - Link-flap Protection Commands

Chapter 88: Telnet Client1410OverviewThe switch has a Telnet client. You may use the client to remotely manage other network devices from the switch.

Pagina 460 - LINK-FLAP DURATION

AT-8100 Switch Command Line User’s Guide1411Starting a Remote Management Session with the Telnet ClientHere are the steps to using the Telnet client o

Pagina 461 - LINK-FLAP PROTECTION

Chapter 88: Telnet Client1412

Pagina 462 - LINK-FLAP RATE

1413Chapter 89Telnet Client CommandsThe Telnet client commands are summarized in Table 150 and described in detail within the chapter.Table 150. Telne

Pagina 463 - NO LINK-FLAP PROTECTION

Chapter 89: Telnet Client Commands1414TELNETSyntaxtelnet ipv4_address [port]Parametersipv4_addressSpecifies the IPv4 address of a remote device you wa

Pagina 464 - SHOW LINK-FLAP

AT-8100 Switch Command Line User’s Guide1415TELNET IPV6Syntaxtelnet ipv6 ipv6_address [port]Parametersipv6_addressSpecifies the IPv6 address of a remo

Pagina 465 - Port Mirror

Chapter 89: Telnet Client Commands1416

Pagina 466

1417Chapter 90Secure Shell (SSH) ServerThis chapter provides the following topics: “Overview” on page 1418 “Support for SSH” on page 1419 “SSH and

Pagina 467

Chapter 90: Secure Shell (SSH) Server1418OverviewThe Secure Shell (SSH) protocol is an alternative to the Telnet protocol for remote management of the

Pagina 468 - Chapter 27: Port Mirror

AT-8100 Switch Command Line User’s Guide1419Support for SSHThe implementation of the SSH protocol on the switch is compliant with the SSH protocol ver

Pagina 469

Chapter 7: Basic Switch Management142

Pagina 470

Chapter 90: Secure Shell (SSH) Server1420 The SSH server uses protocol port 22. This parameter cannot be changed. If you are using the enhanced stac

Pagina 471 - Displaying the Port Mirror

AT-8100 Switch Command Line User’s Guide1421SSH and Enhanced StackingThe switch allows for encrypted SSH management sessions between a management stat

Pagina 472

Chapter 90: Secure Shell (SSH) Server1422Because enhanced stacking does not allow for SSH encrypted management sessions between a management station a

Pagina 473 - Port Mirror Commands

AT-8100 Switch Command Line User’s Guide1423Creating the Encryption Key PairThe first step to using the SSH server on the switch for remote management

Pagina 474

Chapter 90: Secure Shell (SSH) Server1424Enabling the SSH ServerThe switch does not allow you to enable the SSH server and begin remote management unt

Pagina 475 - MIRROR INTERFACE

AT-8100 Switch Command Line User’s Guide1425Disabling the SSH ServerIf you decide that you want to disable the server because you do not want to remot

Pagina 476

Chapter 90: Secure Shell (SSH) Server1426Deleting Encryption KeysTo delete encryption keys from the switch, use the CRYPTO KEY DESTROY HOSTKEY command

Pagina 477 - NO MIRROR INTERFACE

AT-8100 Switch Command Line User’s Guide1427Displaying the SSH ServerTo display the current settings of the server, enter this command in the Privileg

Pagina 478 - SHOW MIRROR

Chapter 90: Secure Shell (SSH) Server1428

Pagina 479

1429Chapter 91SSH Server CommandsThe SSH server commands are summarized in Table 151 and described in detail within the chapter.Table 151. Secure Shel

Pagina 480

143Chapter 8Basic Switch Management CommandsThe basic switch management commands are summarized in Table 8.Table 8. Basic Switch Management CommandsCo

Pagina 481 - DHCP Relay Overview

Chapter 91: SSH Server Commands1430CRYPTO KEY DESTROY HOSTKEYSyntaxcrypto key destroy hostkey dsa|rsa|rsa1ParametersdsaDeletes the DSA key.rsaDeletes

Pagina 482

AT-8100 Switch Command Line User’s Guide1431This example deletes the RSA1 key:awplus> enableawplus# configure terminalawplus(config)# crypto key de

Pagina 483 - Agent Option 82

Chapter 91: SSH Server Commands1432CRYPTO KEY GENERATE HOSTKEYSyntaxcrypto key generate hostkey dsa|rsa|rsa1 [value]ParametersdsaCreates a DSA key tha

Pagina 484 - Client Requests

AT-8100 Switch Command Line User’s Guide1433NoteCreating a key is a very CPU intensive process for the switch. The switch does not stop forwarding net

Pagina 485 - Message Length

Chapter 91: SSH Server Commands1434NO SERVICE SSHSyntaxno service sshParametersNoneModeGlobal Configuration modeDescriptionUse this command to disable

Pagina 486 - DHCP Servers

AT-8100 Switch Command Line User’s Guide1435SERVICE SSHSyntaxservice sshParametersNoneModeGlobal Configuration modeDescriptionUse this command to enab

Pagina 487 - Relay to the

Chapter 91: SSH Server Commands1436SHOW CRYPTO KEY HOSTKEYSyntaxshow crypto key hostkey [dsa|rsa|rsa1]ParametersdsaDisplays the DSA key.rsaDisplays th

Pagina 488

AT-8100 Switch Command Line User’s Guide1437SHOW SSH SERVERSyntaxshow ssh serverParametersNoneModesPrivileged Exec and Global Configuration modesDescr

Pagina 489 - Option 82

Chapter 91: SSH Server Commands1438

Pagina 490

1439Chapter 92Non-secure HTTP Web Browser ServerThis chapter describes the following topics: “Overview” on page 1440 “Enabling the Web Browser Serve

Pagina 491

Chapter 8: Basic Switch Management Commands144“REBOOT” on page 164 Privileged Exec Resets the switch.“RELOAD” on page 165 Privileged Exec Resets the s

Pagina 492

Chapter 92: Non-secure HTTP Web Browser Server1440OverviewThe switch has a web browser server. The server is used to remotely manage the unit over the

Pagina 493 - DHCP Relay Commands

AT-8100 Switch Command Line User’s Guide1441Enabling the Web Browser ServerThe command to activate the web browser server for non-secure HTTP operatio

Pagina 494

Chapter 92: Non-secure HTTP Web Browser Server1442Setting the Protocol Port NumberThe default setting of port 80 for the protocol port of the HTTP web

Pagina 495 - IP DHCP-RELAY

AT-8100 Switch Command Line User’s Guide1443Disabling the Web Browser ServerThe command to disable the HTTP server is the NO SERVICE HTTP command in t

Pagina 496 - IP DHCP-RELAY AGENT-OPTION

Chapter 92: Non-secure HTTP Web Browser Server1444Displaying the Web Browser ServerTo display whether the HTTP web server is enabled or disabled on th

Pagina 497

1445Chapter 93Non-secure HTTP Web Browser Server CommandsThe non-secure HTTP web browser server commands are summarized in Table 152 and described in

Pagina 498

Chapter 93: Non-secure HTTP Web Browser Server Commands1446SERVICE HTTPSyntaxservice httpParametersNoneModeGlobal Configuration modeDescriptionUse thi

Pagina 499

AT-8100 Switch Command Line User’s Guide1447IP HTTP PORTSyntaxip http port portParametersportSpecifies the TCP port number the HTTP web server listens

Pagina 500

Chapter 93: Non-secure HTTP Web Browser Server Commands1448NO SERVICE HTTPSyntaxno http serverParametersNoneModeGlobal Configuration modeDescriptionUs

Pagina 501 - IP DHCP-RELAY MAXHOPS

AT-8100 Switch Command Line User’s Guide1449SHOW IP HTTPSyntaxshow ip httpParametersNoneModePrivileged Exec modeDescriptionUse this command to display

Pagina 502 - IP DHCP-RELAY SERVER-ADDRESS

AT-8100 Switch Command Line User’s Guide145BANNER EXECSyntaxbanner execParametersNoneModeGlobal Configuration modeDescriptionUse this command to creat

Pagina 503 - NO IP DHCP-RELAY

Chapter 93: Non-secure HTTP Web Browser Server Commands1450

Pagina 504 - NO IP DHCP-RELAY AGENT-OPTION

1451Chapter 94Secure HTTPS Web Browser ServerThis chapter describes the following topics: “Overview” on page 1452 “Creating a Self-signed Certificat

Pagina 505

Chapter 94: Secure HTTPS Web Browser Server1452OverviewThe switch has a web browser server for remote management of the unit with a web browser applic

Pagina 506 - 214.154.35.78

AT-8100 Switch Command Line User’s Guide1453Private CAs allow companies to keep track of the certificates and control access to various network device

Pagina 507 - NO SERVICE DHCP-RELAY

Chapter 94: Secure HTTPS Web Browser Server1454NoteIf the certificate will be issued by a private or public CA, you should check with the CA to see if

Pagina 508 - SERVICE DHCP-RELAY

AT-8100 Switch Command Line User’s Guide1455Creating a Self-signed CertificateHere are the main steps to configuring the switch for a self-signed cert

Pagina 509 - SHOW IP DHCP-RELAY

Chapter 94: Secure HTTPS Web Browser Server1456At this point, the switch, if it has a management IP address, is ready for remote management with a web

Pagina 510

AT-8100 Switch Command Line User’s Guide1457The switch is now ready for remote web browser management with HTTPS, provided that it has a management IP

Pagina 511 - Group Link Control

Chapter 94: Secure HTTPS Web Browser Server1458Configuring the HTTPS Web Server for a Certificate Issued by a CAHere are the main steps to configuring

Pagina 512

AT-8100 Switch Command Line User’s Guide14597. Designate the new certificate from the CA as the active certificate on the switch with “IP HTTPS CERTIF

Pagina 513

Chapter 8: Basic Switch Management Commands146This example deletes the banner:awplus> enableawplus# configure terminalawplus(config)# no banner exe

Pagina 514

Chapter 94: Secure HTTPS Web Browser Server1460awplus(config)# crypto certificate 1 request 124.201.76.54 Production ABC_Industries San_Jose Californi

Pagina 515

AT-8100 Switch Command Line User’s Guide1461The switch, if it has a management IP address, is now ready for remote HTTPS web browser management. To st

Pagina 516

Chapter 94: Secure HTTPS Web Browser Server1462Enabling the Web Browser ServerThe command to activate the web browser server for secure HTTPS operatio

Pagina 517

AT-8100 Switch Command Line User’s Guide1463Disabling the Web Browser ServerThe command to disable the HTTPS mode is the NO SERVICE HTTPS command in t

Pagina 518

Chapter 94: Secure HTTPS Web Browser Server1464Displaying the Web Browser ServerTo display whether the HTTPS web server is enabled or disabled on the

Pagina 519

1465Chapter 95Secure HTTPS Web Browser Server CommandsThe secure HTTPS web browser server commands are summarized in Table 153 and described in detail

Pagina 520

Chapter 95: Secure HTTPS Web Browser Server Commands1466CRYPTO CERTIFICATE DESTROYSyntaxcrypto certificate id_number destroyParametersid_numberSpecifi

Pagina 521 - Configuration Examples

AT-8100 Switch Command Line User’s Guide1467CRYPTO CERTIFICATE GENERATESyntaxcrypto certificate id_number generate length passphrase common_name organ

Pagina 522

Chapter 95: Secure HTTPS Web Browser Server Commands1468countrySpecifies the ISO 3166-1 initials of a country. This parameter must be two uppercase ch

Pagina 523

AT-8100 Switch Command Line User’s Guide1469 Organizational unit: Sales Organization: Jones_Industries Location: San_Jose State: California Count

Pagina 524

AT-8100 Switch Command Line User’s Guide147BANNER LOGINSyntaxbanner loginParametersNoneModeGlobal Configuration modeDescriptionUse this command to con

Pagina 525 - Group Link Control Commands

Chapter 95: Secure HTTPS Web Browser Server Commands1470CRYPTO CERTIFICATE IMPORTSyntaxcrypto certificate id_number importParametersid_numberSpecifies

Pagina 526 - GROUP-LINK-CONTROL

AT-8100 Switch Command Line User’s Guide1471CRYPTO CERTIFICATE REQUESTSyntaxcrypto certificate id_number request common_name organizational_unit organ

Pagina 527 - GROUP-LINK-CONTROL DOWNSTREAM

Chapter 95: Secure HTTPS Web Browser Server Commands1472DescriptionUse this command to create certificate enrollment requests for submittal to public

Pagina 528

AT-8100 Switch Command Line User’s Guide1473SERVICE HTTPSSyntaxservice httpsParametersNoneModeGlobal Configuration modeDescriptionUse this command to

Pagina 529 - GROUP-LINK-CONTROL UPSTREAM

Chapter 95: Secure HTTPS Web Browser Server Commands1474IP HTTPS CERTIFICATESyntaxip https certificate id_numberParametersid_numberSpecifies a certifi

Pagina 530 - NO GROUP-LINK-CONTROL

AT-8100 Switch Command Line User’s Guide1475NO SERVICE HTTPSSyntaxno service httpsParametersNoneModeGlobal Configuration modeDescriptionUse this comma

Pagina 531

Chapter 95: Secure HTTPS Web Browser Server Commands1476SHOW CRYPTO CERTIFICATESyntaxshow crypto certificate id_numberParametersid_numberSpecifies a c

Pagina 532

AT-8100 Switch Command Line User’s Guide1477SHOW IP HTTPSSyntaxshow ip httpParametersNoneModePrivileged Exec modeDescriptionUse this command to displa

Pagina 533 - SHOW GROUP-LINK-CONTROL

Chapter 95: Secure HTTPS Web Browser Server Commands1478ExampleThis example displays the status of the HTTPS server and basic information about the ce

Pagina 534

1479Chapter 96RADIUS and TACACS+ ClientsThis chapter describes the following topics: “Overview” on page 1480 “Remote Manager Accounts” on page 1481

Pagina 535 - Multicast Commands

Chapter 8: Basic Switch Management Commands148This example removes the login banner:awplus> enableawplus# configure terminalawplus(config)# no bann

Pagina 536

Chapter 96: RADIUS and TACACS+ Clients1480OverviewThe switch has RADIUS and TACACS+ clients for remote authentication. Here are the two features that

Pagina 537

AT-8100 Switch Command Line User’s Guide1481Remote Manager AccountsThe switch has one local manager account. The account is referred to as a local acc

Pagina 538

Chapter 96: RADIUS and TACACS+ Clients1482the switch, the privilege level of an account is ignored and all accounts have access to the entire command

Pagina 539

AT-8100 Switch Command Line User’s Guide14834. Configure the RADIUS or TACACS+ client on the switch by entering the IP addresses of up to three authen

Pagina 540

Chapter 96: RADIUS and TACACS+ Clients1484Managing the RADIUS ClientThe following subsections describe how to manage the RADIUS client: “Adding IP Ad

Pagina 541 - File System

AT-8100 Switch Command Line User’s Guide1485The AUTH-PORT parameter specifies the UDP destination port for RADIUS authentication requests. If 0 is spe

Pagina 542

Chapter 96: RADIUS and TACACS+ Clients1486This example sets the RADIUS timeout to 15 seconds:awplus> enableawplus# configure terminalawplus(config)

Pagina 543

AT-8100 Switch Command Line User’s Guide1487Deleting ServerIP AddressesTo delete the IP address of a RADIUS server from the list of servers on the swi

Pagina 544

Chapter 96: RADIUS and TACACS+ Clients1488Managing the TACACS+ ClientThe following subsections describe how to manage the TACACS+ client: “Adding IP

Pagina 545 - destinationfile

AT-8100 Switch Command Line User’s Guide1489This example adds the IP address 115.16.172.54 as a TACACS+ authentication server at the bottom of the lis

Pagina 546

AT-8100 Switch Command Line User’s Guide149BANNER MOTDSyntaxbanner motdParametersNoneModeGlobal Configuration modeDescriptionUse this command to creat

Pagina 547

Chapter 96: RADIUS and TACACS+ Clients1490Deleting IPAddresses ofTACACS+ServersTo delete the IP address of a TACACS+ server from the client on the swi

Pagina 548 - Chapter 34: File System

AT-8100 Switch Command Line User’s Guide1491Configuring Remote Authentication of Manager AccountsCheck that you performed the following steps before a

Pagina 549

Chapter 96: RADIUS and TACACS+ Clients1492uses for remote Telnet and SSH sessions. (For background information, refer to “VTY Lines” on page 79.)Toggl

Pagina 550

AT-8100 Switch Command Line User’s Guide1493The LINE_ID parameter has a range of 0 to 9. The following example of the command toggles off remote authe

Pagina 551 - File System Commands

Chapter 96: RADIUS and TACACS+ Clients1494

Pagina 552

1495Chapter 97RADIUS and TACACS+ Client CommandsThe commands for the RADIUS and TACACS+ clients are summarized in Table 155 and described in detail wi

Pagina 553

Chapter 97: RADIUS and TACACS+ Client Commands1496“RADIUS-SERVER TIMEOUT” on page 1513Global ConfigurationSpecifies the maximum amount of time the RAD

Pagina 554 - DELETE FORCE

AT-8100 Switch Command Line User’s Guide1497AAA ACCOUNTING LOGINSyntaxaaa accounting login default start-stop|stop-only|none group radius|tacacs Param

Pagina 555

Chapter 97: RADIUS and TACACS+ Client Commands1498Confirmation Commands“SHOW RADIUS” on page 1514“SHOW TACACS” on page 1516ExamplesTo configure RADIUS

Pagina 556

AT-8100 Switch Command Line User’s Guide1499AAA AUTHENTICATION ENABLE (TACACS+)Syntaxaaa authentication enable default group tacacs [local]Parametersd

Pagina 557 - SHOW FILE SYSTEMS

AT-8100 Switch Command Line User’s Guide15LOG BUFFERED ...

Pagina 558

Chapter 8: Basic Switch Management Commands150This example removes the message-of-the-day banner:awplus> enableawplus# configure terminalawplus(con

Pagina 559 - Boot Configuration Files

Chapter 97: RADIUS and TACACS+ Client Commands1500command is attempted if a TACACS+ server is not available, use the following commands:awplus> ena

Pagina 560

AT-8100 Switch Command Line User’s Guide1501AAA AUTHENTICATION LOGINSyntaxaaa authentication login default [group radius|tacacs] [local]Parametersdefa

Pagina 561

Chapter 97: RADIUS and TACACS+ Client Commands1502Confirmation Commands“SHOW RADIUS” on page 1514“SHOW TACACS” on page 1516ExamplesTo enable RADIUS se

Pagina 562

AT-8100 Switch Command Line User’s Guide1503IP RADIUS SOURCE-INTERFACESyntaxip radius source-interface Ipv4 Address | VIDParametersIpv4 AddressIndicat

Pagina 563

Chapter 97: RADIUS and TACACS+ Client Commands1504This example removes the RADIUS source IP address from the RADIUS client:awplus> enableawplus# co

Pagina 564

AT-8100 Switch Command Line User’s Guide1505LOGIN AUTHENTICATIONSyntaxlogin authenticationParametersNoneModesConsole Line and Virtual Terminal Line mo

Pagina 565 - Chapter 37

Chapter 97: RADIUS and TACACS+ Client Commands1506This example activates remote authentication for remote Telnet and SSH management sessions that use

Pagina 566 - BOOT CONFIG-FILE

AT-8100 Switch Command Line User’s Guide1507NO LOGIN AUTHENTICATIONSyntaxno login authenticationParametersNoneModesConsole Line and Virtual Terminal L

Pagina 567

Chapter 97: RADIUS and TACACS+ Client Commands1508NO RADIUS-SERVER HOSTSyntaxno radius-server host ipaddressParameteripaddressSpecifies an IP address

Pagina 568 - COPY RUNNING-CONFIG

AT-8100 Switch Command Line User’s Guide1509NO TACACS-SERVER HOSTSyntaxno tacacs-server host ipaddressParameteripaddressSpecifies an IP address of a T

Pagina 569

AT-8100 Switch Command Line User’s Guide151BAUD-RATE SETSyntaxbaud-rate set 1200|2400|4800|9600|19200|38400|57600|115200ParametersNoneModeGlobal Confi

Pagina 570

Chapter 97: RADIUS and TACACS+ Client Commands1510RADIUS-SERVER HOSTSyntaxradius-server host ipaddress [acct-port value] [auth-port value] [key value]

Pagina 571 - NO BOOT CONFIG-FILE

AT-8100 Switch Command Line User’s Guide1511ExamplesThis example adds a RADIUS server with the IP address 176.225.15.23. The UDP port is 1811, and the

Pagina 572 - SHOW BOOT

Chapter 97: RADIUS and TACACS+ Client Commands1512RADIUS-SERVER KEYSyntaxradius-server key valueParameterskeySpecifies the global encryption key of th

Pagina 573

AT-8100 Switch Command Line User’s Guide1513RADIUS-SERVER TIMEOUTSyntaxradius-server timeout valueParameterstimeoutSpecifies the maximum amount of tim

Pagina 574 - SHOW STARTUP-CONFIG

Chapter 97: RADIUS and TACACS+ Client Commands1514SHOW RADIUSSyntaxshow radiusParametersNoneModesPrivileged Exec modeDescriptionUse this command to di

Pagina 575

AT-8100 Switch Command Line User’s Guide1515ExampleThis example displays the configuration of the RADIUS client:awplus# show radiusAccounting Port The

Pagina 576

Chapter 97: RADIUS and TACACS+ Client Commands1516SHOW TACACSSyntaxshow tacacsParametersNoneModePrivileged Exec modeDescriptionUse this command to dis

Pagina 577 - File Transfer

AT-8100 Switch Command Line User’s Guide1517ExampleThis example displays the configuration of the TACACS+ client on the switch:awplus# show tacacsServ

Pagina 578

Chapter 97: RADIUS and TACACS+ Client Commands1518TACACS-SERVER HOSTSyntaxtacacs-server host ipaddress [key value]ParametershostSpecifies an IP addres

Pagina 579 - Software with

AT-8100 Switch Command Line User’s Guide1519TACACS-SERVER KEYSyntaxtacacs-server key valueParametersvalueSpecifies the global encryption key of the TA

Pagina 580 - Switch with

Chapter 8: Basic Switch Management Commands152CLOCK SETSyntaxclock set hh:mm:ss dd mmm yyyyParametershh:mm:ssSpecifies the hour, minute, and second fo

Pagina 581 - Uploading Files

Chapter 97: RADIUS and TACACS+ Client Commands1520TACACS-SERVER TIMEOUTSyntaxtacacs-server timeout valueParameterstimeoutSpecifies the maximum amount

Pagina 582 - 20100601091645.txt

1521Section XIIIQuality of ServiceThis section contains the following chapters: Chapter 98, “Advanced Access Control Lists (ACLs)” on page 1523 Chap

Pagina 584

1523Chapter 98Advanced Access Control Lists (ACLs)This chapter describes the following topics: “Overview” on page 1524 “Creating ACLs” on page 1527

Pagina 585 - Waiting to send

Chapter 98: Advanced Access Control Lists (ACLs)1524OverviewAccess Control Lists (ACLs) act as filters to control the ingress packets on ports. They a

Pagina 586 - Chapter 38: File Transfer

AT-8100 Switch Command Line User’s Guide1525Actions The action defines the response to packets that match the filtering criterion of the ACL. There ar

Pagina 587

Chapter 98: Advanced Access Control Lists (ACLs)1526Guidelines Here are the ACL guidelines: An ACL can have a permit, deny, or copy-to-mirror action.

Pagina 588

AT-8100 Switch Command Line User’s Guide1527Creating ACLsThis section provides examples of how to create all of the ACL types. See the following: “Cr

Pagina 589 - File Transfer Commands

Chapter 98: Advanced Access Control Lists (ACLs)1528Numbered IPv4 ACL with IP Packets ExamplesThis is the command format for creating ACLs that filter

Pagina 590 - COPY FILENAME ZMODEM

AT-8100 Switch Command Line User’s Guide1529 host ipaddress— Matches packets with a specified IPv4 address and is an alternative to the IPADRESS/MASK

Pagina 591 - COPY FLASH TFTP

AT-8100 Switch Command Line User’s Guide153ERASE STARTUP-CONFIGSyntaxerase startup-configParametersNoneModePrivileged Exec modeDescriptionUse this com

Pagina 592 - COPY TFTP FLASH

Chapter 98: Advanced Access Control Lists (ACLs)1530deny ACL for the denied traffic flow. This is illustrated in the example in Table 162 in which por

Pagina 593

AT-8100 Switch Command Line User’s Guide1531NoteThe permit ACLS are added to the ports before the deny ACL to ensure that packets are compared against

Pagina 594 - COPY ZMODEM

Chapter 98: Advanced Access Control Lists (ACLs)1532Here is an example of an ACL that filters tagged packets. See Table 164. It blocks all tagged pack

Pagina 595

AT-8100 Switch Command Line User’s Guide1533is only necessary when you want a port to forward a subset of packets that are otherwise discarded. deny—

Pagina 596

Chapter 98: Advanced Access Control Lists (ACLs)1534Numbered IPv4 ACL with Protocol Packets ExampleThis is the command format for creating Numbered IP

Pagina 597 - Snooping

AT-8100 Switch Command Line User’s Guide1535The VLAN parameter determines if an ACL filters VLANs. You use the parameter to specify the VID. You can s

Pagina 598

Chapter 98: Advanced Access Control Lists (ACLs)1536The SRC_IPADDRESS and DST_IPADDRESS parameters specify the source and destination IPv4 addresses.

Pagina 599 - (IGMP) Snooping

AT-8100 Switch Command Line User’s Guide1537The following example configures two Numbered IPv4 ACLs. ACL 3017 permits packets from TCP port 67 to 87 o

Pagina 600

Chapter 98: Advanced Access Control Lists (ACLs)1538together with the port mirror feature, explained in Chapter 27, “Port Mirror” on page 465.The SRC_

Pagina 601

AT-8100 Switch Command Line User’s Guide1539The VLAN parameter determines if an ACL filters VLANs. You use the parameter to specify the VID. You can s

Pagina 602 - Host Node Topology

Chapter 8: Basic Switch Management Commands154EXEC-TIMEOUTSyntaxexec-timeout valueParametersexec-timeoutSpecifies the session timer in minutes. The ra

Pagina 603 - Enabling IGMP Snooping

Chapter 98: Advanced Access Control Lists (ACLs)1540 copy-to-mirror— Copies all ingress packets that match the ACL to the destination port of the mir

Pagina 604

AT-8100 Switch Command Line User’s Guide1541The example in Table 169 configures port 19 to reject packets containing destination MAC addresses startin

Pagina 605

Chapter 98: Advanced Access Control Lists (ACLs)1542This example creates a Named IPv4 ICMP ACL, called “icmppermit,” that permits ICMP packets from an

Pagina 606 - Disabling IGMP Snooping

AT-8100 Switch Command Line User’s Guide1543Creating NamedIPv6 AddressACLsThe Named IPv6 address ACLs are created with the IPv6 ACCESS-LIST commands.

Pagina 607 - Displaying IGMP Snooping

Chapter 98: Advanced Access Control Lists (ACLs)1544This example creates a protocol ACL, called “protocopytomirror,” that copies RDP packets (protocol

Pagina 608

AT-8100 Switch Command Line User’s Guide1545Assigning ACLs to PortsBefore you can assign an ACL to a port, you must first create an ACL. The command t

Pagina 609 - IGMP Snooping Commands

Chapter 98: Advanced Access Control Lists (ACLs)1546In this example, ports 12 and 13 are assigned an ACL, ID number 3075, that blocks all untagged ing

Pagina 610 - CLEAR IP IGMP

AT-8100 Switch Command Line User’s Guide1547Assigning NamedIPv4 ACLsTo assign a Named IPv4 ACL to a port on the switch, use the ACCESS-GROUP command i

Pagina 611 - IP IGMP LIMIT

Chapter 98: Advanced Access Control Lists (ACLs)1548Assigning NamedIPv6 ACLsTo assign a Named IPv6 ACL to a port on the switch, use the IPV6 TRAFFIC-F

Pagina 612 - IP IGMP QUERIER-TIMEOUT

AT-8100 Switch Command Line User’s Guide1549Removing ACLs from PortsThe command that you use to remove an ACL from a port depends on which type of ACL

Pagina 613 - IP IGMP SNOOPING

AT-8100 Switch Command Line User’s Guide155This example sets the session timer for the first (vty 0) Telnet or SSH session to 5 minutes:awplus> ena

Pagina 614

Chapter 98: Advanced Access Control Lists (ACLs)1550This example removes a MAC ACL with an ID number of 4037 from port 5:Removing NamedIPv4 ACLsTo rem

Pagina 615

AT-8100 Switch Command Line User’s Guide1551The following example removes a Named IPv6 ACL called “icmpdeny” from port 17:Table 182. Removing Named IP

Pagina 616 - IP IGMP SNOOPING MROUTER

Chapter 98: Advanced Access Control Lists (ACLs)1552Deleting ACLs from the SwitchThe command that you use to delete an ACL from the switch depends on

Pagina 617 - IP IGMP STATUS

AT-8100 Switch Command Line User’s Guide1553The following example deletes a MAC ACL with ID number 4415 from the switch:Deleting NamedIPv4 AddressACLs

Pagina 618 - NO IP IGMP SNOOPING

Chapter 98: Advanced Access Control Lists (ACLs)1554This example deletes a Named IPv6 address ACL with the list name “denytcp” from the switch:Table 1

Pagina 619 - NO IP IGMP SNOOPING MROUTER

AT-8100 Switch Command Line User’s Guide1555Setting ACL Time RangesBy default, an ACL filter is effective immediately. However, if you want to set a d

Pagina 620 - SHOW IP IGMP SNOOPING

Chapter 98: Advanced Access Control Lists (ACLs)1556The following example creates a time range setting that starts on Mondays through Fridays from 7 a

Pagina 621

AT-8100 Switch Command Line User’s Guide1557Displaying the ACLsThere are several ways of displaying information about ACLs on the switch. For example,

Pagina 622

Chapter 98: Advanced Access Control Lists (ACLs)1558The following example displays the ACLs assigned to ports 1 to 5:awplus# show interface port1.0.1-

Pagina 623

AT-8100 Switch Command Line User’s Guide1559.Figure 253. SHOW TIME-RANGE Commandawplus# show time-rangeTime-Range t1absolute start 09:00:00 2 January

Pagina 624

Chapter 8: Basic Switch Management Commands156HELPSyntaxhelpParametersNoneModeAll modesDescriptionUse this command to learn how to use on-line help. E

Pagina 625 - Multiple Queriers

Chapter 98: Advanced Access Control Lists (ACLs)1560

Pagina 626 - .2 Enabled Enabled Active

1561Chapter 99ACL CommandsThe Access Control List (ACL) commands are summarized in Table 190 and described in detail within the chapter.Table 190. Acc

Pagina 627 - .4 Enabled Enabled Standby

Chapter 99: ACL Commands1562“IP ACCESS-LIST (IP)” on page 1597 IP ACL Defines an ACL that filters IP packets based on source and destination IP addres

Pagina 628

AT-8100 Switch Command Line User’s Guide1563“NO ACCESS-LIST” on page 1634 Global ConfigurationDeletes ACLs from the switch.“NO ACCESS-GROUP” on page 1

Pagina 629

Chapter 99: ACL Commands1564ABSOLUTE STARTSyntaxabsolute start <hours:minutes:seconds DD MM YYYY> end <hours:minutes:seconds DD MM YYYY>Pa

Pagina 630 - Configuring

AT-8100 Switch Command Line User’s Guide1565ExamplesThis example uses a time range called “February2012” that enables the permit or deny statement to

Pagina 631

Chapter 99: ACL Commands1566ACCESS-CLASSSyntaxaccess-class <3000 - 3699>|<4000 - 4699>access-class <3000 - 3699>|<4000 - 4699>

Pagina 632

AT-8100 Switch Command Line User’s Guide1567ExampleThis example assigns the switch an IP address of 10.0.0.20/24. It creates a Numbered ACL with an ID

Pagina 633 - Chapter 43

Chapter 99: ACL Commands1568ACCESS-GROUPSyntaxaccess-group id_numberaccess-group id_number|list_nameParametersid_numberSpecifies the ID number of an a

Pagina 634 - IP IGMP QUERY-INTERVAL

AT-8100 Switch Command Line User’s Guide1569ExamplesThis example adds an IP ACL with an ID of 3022 to port 15:awplus> enableawplus# configure termi

Pagina 635 - IP IGMP SNOOPING QUERIER

AT-8100 Switch Command Line User’s Guide157HOSTNAMESyntaxhostname nameParametersnameSpecifies a name of up to 39 alphanumeric characters for the switc

Pagina 636 - NO IP IGMP SNOOPING QUERIER

Chapter 99: ACL Commands1570ACCESS-LIST (MAC Address)Syntaxaccess-list id_number action src_mac_address|any src_mac_mask dst_mac_address|any dst_mac_m

Pagina 637 - SHOW IP IGMP INTERFACE

AT-8100 Switch Command Line User’s Guide1571dst_mac_addressSpecifies the destination MAC address of the ingress packets. Choose from the following opt

Pagina 638

Chapter 99: ACL Commands1572awplus(config_if)# mac access-group 4002awplus(config_if)# mac access-group 4003awplus(config_if)# mac access-group 4011aw

Pagina 639 - DHCP Snooping Commands

AT-8100 Switch Command Line User’s Guide1573ACCESS-LIST ICMPSyntaxaccess-list id_number action icmp src_ipaddress dst_ipaddress [vlan vid]Parametersid

Pagina 640

Chapter 99: ACL Commands1574ipaddress/mask: Matches packets that have a destination IP address of a specific subnet or end node. host ipaddress: Match

Pagina 641 - ARP SECURITY

AT-8100 Switch Command Line User’s Guide1575This example adds a deny access list to ports 4 and 5 to discard all untagged ingress packets that are ICM

Pagina 642 - ARP SECURITY VIOLATION

Chapter 99: ACL Commands1576ACCESS-LIST IPSyntaxaccess-list id_number action ip src_ipaddress dst_ipaddress [vlan vid]Parametersid_numberSpecifies the

Pagina 643

AT-8100 Switch Command Line User’s Guide1577dst_ipaddress: Specifies the destination IP address of the ingress packets the access list should filter.

Pagina 644 - CLEAR ARP SECURITY STATISTICS

Chapter 99: ACL Commands1578This example creates a deny access list, ID number 3095, that discards all untagged ingress packets that have destination

Pagina 645

AT-8100 Switch Command Line User’s Guide1579This example configures ports 22 and 23 to accept only untagged ingress packets containing destination add

Pagina 646

Chapter 8: Basic Switch Management Commands158LINE CONSOLESyntaxline console 0ParametersNoneModeGlobal Configuration modeDescriptionUse this command t

Pagina 647

Chapter 99: ACL Commands1580ACCESS-LIST PROTOSyntaxaccess-list id_number action proto protocol_number src_ipaddress dst_ipaddress [vlan vid]Parameters

Pagina 648 - IP DHCP SNOOPING

AT-8100 Switch Command Line User’s Guide1581dst_ipaddressSpecifies the destination IP address of the ingress packets the access list should filter. Ch

Pagina 649 - IP DHCP SNOOPING AGENT-OPTION

Chapter 99: ACL Commands15829 IGP (Interior Gateway Protocol) (IANA)11 Network Voice Protocol (RFC741)17 UDP (User Datagram Protocol) (RFC768)20 Host

Pagina 650

AT-8100 Switch Command Line User’s Guide1583Confirmation Commands“SHOW ACCESS-LIST” on page 1641 and “SHOW INTERFACE ACCESS-GROUP” on page 1643Example

Pagina 651 - IP DHCP SNOOPING BINDING

Chapter 99: ACL Commands1584awplus(config_if)# access-group 3011awplus(config_if)# endawplus# show access-listawplus# show interface port1.0.5,port1.0

Pagina 652

AT-8100 Switch Command Line User’s Guide1585ACCESS-LIST TCPSyntaxaccess-list id_number action tcp src_ipaddress eq|lt|gt|ne|range src_tcp_port dst_ipa

Pagina 653

Chapter 99: ACL Commands1586ltMatches packets that are less than the TCP port number specified by the SRC_TCP_PORT or DST_TCP_PORT parameter.gtMatches

Pagina 654

AT-8100 Switch Command Line User’s Guide1587ModeGlobal Configuration modeDescriptionUse this command to create access control lists that filter ingres

Pagina 655 - IP DHCP SNOOPING MAX-BINDINGS

Chapter 99: ACL Commands1588This example creates an ACL that causes port 14 to discard all tagged ingress TCP packets with the VID 27, regardless of t

Pagina 656

AT-8100 Switch Command Line User’s Guide1589ACCESS-LIST UDPSyntaxaccess-list id_number action udp src_ipaddress eq|lt|gt|ne|range src_udp_port dst_ipa

Pagina 657

AT-8100 Switch Command Line User’s Guide159LINE VTYSyntaxline vty first_line_id [last_line_id]Parametersfirst_line_idSpecifies the number of a VTY lin

Pagina 658

Chapter 99: ACL Commands1590ltMatches packets that are less than the UDP port number specified by the SRC_UDP_PORT or DST_UDP_PORT parameter.gtMatches

Pagina 659 - IP DHCP SNOOPING TRUST

AT-8100 Switch Command Line User’s Guide1591ModeGlobal Configuration modeDescriptionUse this command to create access control lists that filter ingres

Pagina 660 - IP DHCP VERIFY MAC-ADDRESS

Chapter 99: ACL Commands1592This example defines an ACL that causes port 18 to discard all untagged ingress packets that have source and destination U

Pagina 661

AT-8100 Switch Command Line User’s Guide1593IP ACCESS-LIST Syntaxip access-list nameParametersnameSpecifies the name of the IP ACL.ModeGlobal Configur

Pagina 662 - IP DHCP SNOOPING VIOLATION

Chapter 99: ACL Commands1594IP ACCESS-LIST (ICMP)Syntaxaction deny|permit|copy-to-mirror icmp scr_ipaddress any|host dest_ipaddress any|host time-rang

Pagina 663

AT-8100 Switch Command Line User’s Guide1595For example, the subnet address 149.11.11.0 would have a mask of “24” for the twenty-four bits of the netw

Pagina 664 - IP SOURCE BINDING

Chapter 99: ACL Commands1596This example creates a Named ICMP ACL, called “icmpdeny,” that denies ICMP packets from source IP source address 190.155.2

Pagina 665

AT-8100 Switch Command Line User’s Guide1597IP ACCESS-LIST (IP)Syntaxaction deny|permit|copy-to-mirror ip scr_ipaddress any|host dest_ipaddress any|ho

Pagina 666 - SERVICE DHCP SNOOPING

Chapter 99: ACL Commands1598For example, the subnet address 149.11.11.0 would have a mask of “24” for the twenty-four bits of the network section of t

Pagina 667

AT-8100 Switch Command Line User’s Guide1599This example creates a Named IP ACL, called “ipdeny,” that denies ICMP packets from source IP address 190.

Pagina 668 - SHOW ARP SECURITY

Contents16Chapter 52: LACP Commands ...

Pagina 669

Chapter 8: Basic Switch Management Commands160NO HOSTNAMESyntaxno hostnameParametersNoneModeGlobal Configuration modeDescriptionUse this command to de

Pagina 670 - SHOW ARP SECURITY INTERFACE

Chapter 99: ACL Commands1600IP ACCESS-LIST (MAC)Syntaxaction deny|permit|copy-to-mirror mac scr_mac_address any|host dest_mac_address any|host [vlan v

Pagina 671

AT-8100 Switch Command Line User’s Guide1601dst_mac_addressSpecifies the destination MAC address of the ingress packets. Choose from the following opt

Pagina 672 - SHOW ARP SECURITY STATISTICS

Chapter 99: ACL Commands1602ExamplesThis example creates a Named IP ACL, called “permitmac,” that permits packets from source MAC address 12:a3:4b:89:

Pagina 673

AT-8100 Switch Command Line User’s Guide1603IP ACCESS-LIST (PROTO)Syntaxaction deny|permit|copy-to-mirror proto protocol_number scr_ip_address any|hos

Pagina 674 - SHOW IP DHCP SNOOPING

Chapter 99: ACL Commands1604dest_ipaddressMaskSpecifies the destination IP address of the ingress packets the access list should filter. Choose from t

Pagina 675

AT-8100 Switch Command Line User’s Guide1605ExamplesThis example creates a Named IP ACL, called “permitproto8,” that permits all EGP packets (protocol

Pagina 676 - SHOW IP DHCP SNOOPING BINDING

Chapter 99: ACL Commands1606IP ACCESS-LIST (TCP)Syntaxaction deny|permit|copy-to-mirror tcp scr_ipaddress any|host gt|lt|ne|range|eq src_tcp_port dest

Pagina 677

AT-8100 Switch Command Line User’s Guide1607gtMatches packets that are greater than the TCP port number specified by the src_ipaddress parameter.neMat

Pagina 678

Chapter 99: ACL Commands1608eqMatches packets that are equal to the TCP port number specified by the dest_ipaddress parameter.dst_tcp_portSpecifies th

Pagina 679

AT-8100 Switch Command Line User’s Guide1609This example creates a deny access list called “denytcp” that discards all tagged ingress TCP packets from

Pagina 680 - SHOW IP SOURCE BINDING

AT-8100 Switch Command Line User’s Guide161PINGSyntaxping ipaddress|hostnameParametersipaddressSpecifies the IP address of the network device to recei

Pagina 681

Chapter 99: ACL Commands1610IP ACCESS-LIST (UDP)Syntaxaction deny|permit|copy-to-mirror udp scr_ipaddress any|host gt|lt|ne|range|eq src_upd_port dest

Pagina 682

AT-8100 Switch Command Line User’s Guide1611gtMatches packets that are greater than the TCP port number specified by the src_ipaddress parameter.neMat

Pagina 683 - Event Messages

Chapter 99: ACL Commands1612eqMatches packets that are equal to the TCP port number specified by the dest_ipaddress parameter.dst_udp_portSpecifies th

Pagina 684

AT-8100 Switch Command Line User’s Guide1613This example discards tagged packets from UDP ports 67 to 87 if they are from the 154.11.234.0 network and

Pagina 685 - Event Log

Chapter 99: ACL Commands1614IPV6 ACCESS-LISTSyntaxipv6 access-list <ipv6 access-list>Parametersipv6 access-listSpecifies the name of an IPv6 ACL

Pagina 686

AT-8100 Switch Command Line User’s Guide1615IPV6 ACCESS-LIST (ICMP)Syntaxaction deny|permit|copy-to-mirror icmp scr_ip_address any|host dest_ipaddress

Pagina 687 - Displaying the Event Log

Chapter 99: ACL Commands1616ipaddress/mask: Matches packets that have a destination IPv6 address of a subnet or an end node in the X:X::X:X/mask forma

Pagina 688 - Clearing the Event Log

AT-8100 Switch Command Line User’s Guide1617ExamplesThis example creates an ICMP ACL called “icmpdeny1” that denies ICMP packets from any IPv6 source

Pagina 689 - Event Log Commands

Chapter 99: ACL Commands1618IPV6 ACCESS-LIST (IP)Syntaxaction deny|permit|copy-to-mirror ip scr_ip_address any|ipaddress|host dest_ipaddress any|ipadd

Pagina 690

AT-8100 Switch Command Line User’s Guide1619number of bits in the address, from left to right, that constitute the network portion of the address. The

Pagina 691 - CLEAR LOG

Chapter 8: Basic Switch Management Commands162NoteThe switch sends the ICMP Echo Requests from the ports of the VLAN assigned the management IP addres

Pagina 692 - CLEAR LOG BUFFERED

Chapter 99: ACL Commands1620This example creates an IP ACL, called “ipdeny2,” that denies IP packets from IPv6 source address fe80::202:b3ff:fele:8329

Pagina 693 - CLEAR LOG PERMANENT

AT-8100 Switch Command Line User’s Guide1621IPV6 ACCESS-LIST (PROTO)Syntaxaction deny|permit|copy-to-mirror proto proto_type scr_ip_address any|ipaddr

Pagina 694 - LOG BUFFERED

Chapter 99: ACL Commands1622ipaddress/mask: Matches packets that have a destination IPv6 address of a subnet or an end node in the X:X::X:X/mask forma

Pagina 695

AT-8100 Switch Command Line User’s Guide16232001:0db8::a2:1c50/64 any awplus(config-ipv6-acl)# exitawplus(config)# interface port1.0.9awplus(config_if

Pagina 696 - LOG CONSOLE

Chapter 99: ACL Commands1624IPV6 ACCESS-LIST (TCP)Syntaxaction deny|permit|copy-to-mirror tcp scr_ip_address any|host eq|lt|gt|ne src_tcp_port dest_ip

Pagina 697

AT-8100 Switch Command Line User’s Guide1625gtMatches packets that are greater than the TCP port number specified by the src_ipaddress parameter.neMat

Pagina 698 - LOG PERMANENT

Chapter 99: ACL Commands1626eqMatches packets that are equal to the TCP port number specified by the dest_ipaddress parameter.dst_tcp_portSpecifies th

Pagina 699 - NO LOG BUFFERED

AT-8100 Switch Command Line User’s Guide1627This example creates an ACL that discards all untagged ingress packets that have the source and destinatio

Pagina 700 - OUtputID Type Status Details

Chapter 99: ACL Commands1628IPV6 ACCESS-LIST (UDP)Syntaxaction deny|permit|copy-to-mirror udp scr_ip_address any|host eq|lt|gt|ne|range dest_ipaddress

Pagina 701 - NO LOG CONSOLE

AT-8100 Switch Command Line User’s Guide1629gtMatches packets that are greater than the UDP port number specified by the src_ipaddress parameter.neMat

Pagina 702 - NO LOG PERMANENT

AT-8100 Switch Command Line User’s Guide163PING IPv6Syntaxping ipv6 <ipv6-address> repeat <1-99> size <36-18024> Parametersipv6-addr

Pagina 703

Chapter 99: ACL Commands1630time-rangeSpecifies the name of a time range that is created with the TIME-RANGE command. You must create a time range bef

Pagina 704 - SHOW LOG

AT-8100 Switch Command Line User’s Guide1631This example discards tagged packets from UDP ports 67 to 87 if they are from the 154.11.234.0/64 network

Pagina 705

Chapter 99: ACL Commands1632IPV6 TRAFFIC-FILTERSyntaxipv6 traffic-filter <ipv6_access_list>Parameters<ipv6_access_list>Specifies the name

Pagina 706

AT-8100 Switch Command Line User’s Guide1633MAC ACCESS-GROUPSyntaxmac access-group id_numberParametersid_numberSpecifies the ID number of a MAC addres

Pagina 707 - SHOW LOG CONFIG

Chapter 99: ACL Commands1634NO ACCESS-LISTSyntaxno access-list id_numberParametersid_numberSpecifies the ID number of an access list you want to delet

Pagina 708

AT-8100 Switch Command Line User’s Guide1635NO ACCESS-GROUPSyntaxno access-group id_numberParametersid_numberSpecifies the ID number of an access list

Pagina 709 - SHOW LOG PERMANENT

Chapter 99: ACL Commands1636NO MAC ACCESS-GROUPSyntaxno mac access-group id_numberParametersid_numberSpecifies the ID number of a MAC address access l

Pagina 710 - SHOW LOG PERMANENT TAIL

AT-8100 Switch Command Line User’s Guide1637PERIODICSyntaxperiodic day days-of-the-week time (hh:mm:ss) to day days-of-the-week time (hh:mm:ss) Parame

Pagina 711 - SHOW LOG REVERSE

Chapter 99: ACL Commands1638ExamplesThis example sets the date and time range from Monday at 12:01 am to Thursday at 4:00 pm:awplus> enableawplus#

Pagina 712 - SHOW LOG TAIL

AT-8100 Switch Command Line User’s Guide1639PERIODIC (DAILY)Syntaxperiodic day (daily|weekdays|weekend) time (hh:mm:ss) to time (hh:mm:ss) Parametersd

Pagina 713 - Syslog Client

Chapter 8: Basic Switch Management Commands164REBOOTSyntaxrebootParametersNoneModePrivileged Exec modeDescriptionUse this command to reset the switch.

Pagina 714

Chapter 99: ACL Commands1640This example sets the date and time range from 9 am Monday morning to 5 pm Friday evening:awplus> enableawplus# configu

Pagina 715 - program

AT-8100 Switch Command Line User’s Guide1641SHOW ACCESS-LISTSyntaxshow access-list [<3000-3699>|<4000-4699>|<list-name>]Parameters&l

Pagina 716 - Chapter 47: Syslog Client

Chapter 99: ACL Commands1642ExampleThis example displays Numbered IP, MAC, and Named IP ACLs:awplus# show access-listFigure 254. SHOW ACCESS-LIST Comm

Pagina 717

AT-8100 Switch Command Line User’s Guide1643SHOW INTERFACE ACCESS-GROUPSyntaxshow interface port access-groupParametersportSpecifies a port number. Yo

Pagina 718

Chapter 99: ACL Commands1644SHOW IPV6 ACCESS-LISTSyntaxshow ipv6 access-list <list-name>Parameters<list-name>Specifies the name of an IPv6

Pagina 719

AT-8100 Switch Command Line User’s Guide1645SHOW TIME-RANGESyntaxshow time-range ParametersNoneModePrivileged Exec modeDescriptionUse this command to

Pagina 720

Chapter 99: ACL Commands1646TIME-RANGE Syntaxtime-range <time-range-name>Parameterstime-range-nameSpecifies a name of a time range.ModeGlobal Co

Pagina 721 - Syslog Client Commands

1647Chapter 100Quality of Service (QoS)This chapter describes the following topics: “Overview” on page 1648 “Enabling QoS on the Switch” on page 165

Pagina 722 - LOG HOST

Chapter 100: Quality of Service (QoS)1648OverviewQuality of Service (QoS) refers to the latency, bandwidth, jitter, and loss settings that high-bandwi

Pagina 723

AT-8100 Switch Command Line User’s Guide1649A twin-rate policer allows you to determine the CIR and CBS as well as two additional values: Peak Inform

Pagina 724 - NO LOG HOST

AT-8100 Switch Command Line User’s Guide165RELOADSyntaxreloadParametersNoneModePrivileged Exec modeDescriptionUse this command to reset the switch. Yo

Pagina 725

Chapter 100: Quality of Service (QoS)1650Enabling QoS on the SwitchBy default, the QoS feature is disabled on the switch. You must enable the QoS feat

Pagina 726

AT-8100 Switch Command Line User’s Guide1651Creating a Class MapTo define filtering criteria, you need to create a class map. You create a class map a

Pagina 727 - Port Trunks

Chapter 100: Quality of Service (QoS)1652NoteIf a conflict occurs between the settings in two class maps assigned to the same policy map, priority is

Pagina 728

AT-8100 Switch Command Line User’s Guide1653number parameter allows you to add an access group to a class map by specifying an ACL number. For more in

Pagina 729 - Static Port Trunks

Chapter 100: Quality of Service (QoS)1654Adding a CoS Value to a Class MapChoosing the CoS value allows you to add the user priority level to a class

Pagina 730

AT-8100 Switch Command Line User’s Guide1655Adding a DSCP Value to a Class MapYou can specify a DSCP value level of 0, which is the lowest priority, t

Pagina 731 -  Source IP Address (Layer 3)

Chapter 100: Quality of Service (QoS)1656Adding MAC-Type to a Class MapTo add the destination MAC address type, or MAC-type, to a class map, use the M

Pagina 732

AT-8100 Switch Command Line User’s Guide1657Adding a TCP Flag to a Class MapTo set TCP flags for a class map which are used as matching criteria, use

Pagina 733

Chapter 100: Quality of Service (QoS)1658Creating a Policy MapAfter you have created one or more class maps, you need to create a policy map which all

Pagina 734

AT-8100 Switch Command Line User’s Guide1659Associating aClass Map With aPolicy MapTo associate a class map to a policy map, use the CLASS command. Fo

Pagina 735

Chapter 8: Basic Switch Management Commands166SERVICE MAXMANAGERSyntaxservice maxmanager valueParametersvalueSpecifies the maximum number of manager s

Pagina 736

Chapter 100: Quality of Service (QoS)1660Configuring Default Class MapsEach time you create a new policy map, a new class map called default is create

Pagina 737 - Displaying Static Port Trunks

AT-8100 Switch Command Line User’s Guide1661Prioritizing CoS and DSCP By default, the DSCP field in Layer 3 packets and the CoS field in Layer 2 frame

Pagina 738

Chapter 100: Quality of Service (QoS)1662Allied Telesis recommends using the default mappings listed in Table 209 on page 1661 and Table 210, “DSCP De

Pagina 739 - Static Port Trunk Commands

AT-8100 Switch Command Line User’s Guide1663Creating Single-rate and Twin-rate PolicersA policer can be used to meter the traffic classified by a clas

Pagina 740 - NO STATIC-CHANNEL-GROUP

Chapter 100: Quality of Service (QoS)1664Creating a Single-rate PolicerThe following example configures a single-rate policer requiring traffic to con

Pagina 741 - PORT-CHANNEL LOAD-BALANCE

AT-8100 Switch Command Line User’s Guide1665awplus(config-pmap-c)# police twin-rate 10000 2000 30000 50000 action policed-dscp-transmitConfigures a tw

Pagina 742

Chapter 100: Quality of Service (QoS)1666Creating an Aggregate PolicerAn aggregate policer is a named policer with an aggregate name that you can assi

Pagina 743 - SHOW STATIC-CHANNEL-GROUP

AT-8100 Switch Command Line User’s Guide1667awplus mls qos aggregate-police policyagg1 single-rate 125 30000 60000 action policed-dscp-transmitCreates

Pagina 744 - STATIC-CHANNEL-GROUP

Chapter 100: Quality of Service (QoS)1668awplus(config-pmap-c)# police aggregate policyagg1Associates an aggregate name “policyagg1” with class map “c

Pagina 745

AT-8100 Switch Command Line User’s Guide1669Configuring the Egress QueuesThis section discusses a port’s egress queues, including how incoming data ar

Pagina 746

AT-8100 Switch Command Line User’s Guide167SHOW BANNER LOGINSyntaxshow banner login ParametersNoneModePrivileged Exec modeDescriptionUse this command

Pagina 747 - Chapter 51

Chapter 100: Quality of Service (QoS)1670Determining theEgress QueuesThere are eight egress queues allocated to each egress port. The egress queue tha

Pagina 748

AT-8100 Switch Command Line User’s Guide1671The following example sets ingress traffic with a CoS value of 5 to egress on queue 7 of port 8:Table 218.

Pagina 749 - Load Distribution

Chapter 100: Quality of Service (QoS)1672The following example sets ingress traffic with a DSCP value of 5 to egress on queue 7 of port 5:Table 219. S

Pagina 750

AT-8100 Switch Command Line User’s Guide1673awplus# show mls qos maps dscp-queue interface port 1.0.5Displays the DSCP mapping for port 5. See below.T

Pagina 751 - Creating New Aggregators

Chapter 100: Quality of Service (QoS)1674The following example uses the SET QUEUE command to set the traffic classified by class map “cmap4” to queue

Pagina 752

AT-8100 Switch Command Line User’s Guide1675There are two commands that allow you to set egress queue shaping on a port. See Table 221.Both of these c

Pagina 753 - Adding Ports to Aggregators

Chapter 100: Quality of Service (QoS)1676awplus(config-if)# wrr-queue weight 15,14,13,12,11,10,9,8Sets port 17 to the Weighted Round Robin scheduling

Pagina 754

AT-8100 Switch Command Line User’s Guide1677Enabling Auto-QoS Support on the SwitchNoteQoS and LLDP must be manually enabled globally before the Auto-

Pagina 755 - Deleting Aggregators

Chapter 100: Quality of Service (QoS)1678Auto-QoS MacroExamplesYou can use the AUTO-QOS command to support a voice VLAN and optionally specify to trus

Pagina 756 - Displaying Aggregators

AT-8100 Switch Command Line User’s Guide1679awplus (config)# mls qos map cos-queue 0 to 1Maps CoS priority 0 to egress queue 1.awplus (config)# mls qo

Pagina 757

Chapter 8: Basic Switch Management Commands168SHOW BAUD-RATESyntaxshow baud-rateParametersNoneModeUser Exec mode and Privileged Exec modeDescriptionUs

Pagina 758

Chapter 100: Quality of Service (QoS)1680Auto-QoS with Trust DSCP Functionality and Voice VLAN Support In the following example, VLAN 100 becomes the

Pagina 759 - LACP Commands

AT-8100 Switch Command Line User’s Guide1681Auto-QoS Functionality In the following example, the CoS value of ingress traffic is trusted:awplus> en

Pagina 760 - CHANNEL-GROUP

Chapter 100: Quality of Service (QoS)1682Auto-QoS with Trust DSCP Functionality In the following example, VLAN 100 becomes the voice VLAN, and trust D

Pagina 761

AT-8100 Switch Command Line User’s Guide1683Auto-QoS-MEDMacro ExamplesNoteLLDP must be enabled globally before Auto-QoS-MED configuration. Link Layer

Pagina 762 - LACP SYSTEM-PRIORITY

Chapter 100: Quality of Service (QoS)1684NoteUnlike the other procedures in this chapter, the Auto-QoS-MED examples provide a list of commands, but do

Pagina 763 - NO CHANNEL-GROUP

AT-8100 Switch Command Line User’s Guide1685Auto-QoS-MED with Trust DSCP Functionality and Voice VLAN Support In the following example, VLAN 100 becom

Pagina 764

Chapter 100: Quality of Service (QoS)1686Table 229. Auto-QoS MED with Trust DSCP Functionality & Voice VLAN Support ExampleCommand Descriptionawpl

Pagina 765

AT-8100 Switch Command Line User’s Guide1687Auto-QoS-MED Functionality ExampleIn the following example, the CoS value of ingress traffic is trusted:aw

Pagina 766 - SHOW ETHERCHANNEL

Chapter 100: Quality of Service (QoS)1688Auto-QoS-MED with Trust DSCP Functionality In the following example, the DSCP value of ingress traffic is tru

Pagina 767 - SHOW ETHERCHANNEL DETAIL

AT-8100 Switch Command Line User’s Guide1689awplus (config-pmap)# class trustdscpEnters the “trustdscp” class map.awplus (config-pmap-c)# trust dscpEn

Pagina 768 - Chapter 52: LACP Commands

AT-8100 Switch Command Line User’s Guide169SHOW CLOCKSyntaxshow clockParametersNoneModesUser Exec modeDescriptionUse this command to display the syste

Pagina 769 - SHOW ETHERCHANNEL SUMMARY

Chapter 100: Quality of Service (QoS)1690Displaying QoS SettingsThere are eight commands that display the QoS settings. See Table 232 for a descriptio

Pagina 770 - SHOW LACP SYS-ID

AT-8100 Switch Command Line User’s Guide1691Displaying QoSStatusTo display the status of the QoS feature, use the SHOW MLS QOS command at the Global C

Pagina 771 - SHOW PORT ETHERCHANNEL

Chapter 100: Quality of Service (QoS)1692Displaying aPolicy MapTo display the contents of a policy map, use the SHOW POLICY-MAP command in the Privile

Pagina 772

AT-8100 Switch Command Line User’s Guide1693Figure 262. SHOW MLS QOS INTERFACE Command— Strict PriorityDisplaying CoS toQueue MappingsTo display the m

Pagina 773 - Spanning Tree Protocols

Chapter 100: Quality of Service (QoS)1694The CoS values in the first line are matched with the egress queue assignments in the second line. For exampl

Pagina 774

AT-8100 Switch Command Line User’s Guide1695Figure 264. SHOW MLS QOS MAPS DSCP-QUEUE CommandDisplaying DSCPto Policed-DSCPValuesTo display the mapping

Pagina 775 - STP, RSTP and MSTP Protocols

Chapter 100: Quality of Service (QoS)1696The syntax of the SHOW MLS QOS MAPS POLICED-DSCP command is: show mls qos maps policed-dscp <0-63>See F

Pagina 776

1697Chapter 101QoS CommandsThe Quality of Service (QoS) commands are summarized in Table 233 and described in detail in this chapter.Table 233. Qualit

Pagina 777

Chapter 101: QoS Commands1698“MATCH TCP-FLAGS” on page 1726 Class Map Sets one or more TCP flags for a class map.“MATCH VLAN” on page 1728 Class Map S

Pagina 778 - Path Costs and Port Costs

AT-8100 Switch Command Line User’s Guide1699“POLICE SINGLE-RATE ACTION” on page 1755Policy Map ClassConfigures a single-rate policer for a class map.“

Pagina 779 - Port Priority

AT-8100 Switch Command Line User’s Guide17Setting the Bridge Priority...

Pagina 780

Chapter 8: Basic Switch Management Commands170SHOW RUNNING-CONFIGSyntaxshow running-configParametersNoneModesPrivileged Exec modeDescriptionUse this c

Pagina 781

Chapter 101: QoS Commands1700“WRR-QUEUE EGRESS-RATE-LIMIT QUEUES” on page 1782Interface ConfigurationSets a limit on the amount of traffic that can be

Pagina 782 - Point-to-Point and Edge Ports

AT-8100 Switch Command Line User’s Guide1701AUTO-QOS Syntaxauto-qos [voice <VLANID> |trust dscp]ParametersvoiceSpecifies a VLAN ID for voice VLA

Pagina 783

Chapter 101: QoS Commands1702In the following example, VLAN 50 becomes the voice VLAN on port 1.0.22, and DSCP is trusted on traffic ingressing onto t

Pagina 784

AT-8100 Switch Command Line User’s Guide1703AUTO-QOS-MEDSyntaxauto-qos-med [voice <VLANID> |trust dscp]ParametersvoiceSpecifies a VLAN ID for vo

Pagina 785 - Mixed STP and RSTP Networks

Chapter 101: QoS Commands1704In the following example, VLAN 50 becomes the voice VLAN on port 1.0.14, and DSCP is trusted on traffic ingressing onto t

Pagina 786 - Spanning Tree and VLANs

AT-8100 Switch Command Line User’s Guide1705CLASSSyntaxclass name|defaultParametersnameIndicates the name of a class map.defaultIndicates the class-ma

Pagina 787 - RSTP and MSTP BPDU Guard

Chapter 101: QoS Commands1706To delete an association between a class map called “cmap5” and policy map called “pmap1,” do the following:awplus> en

Pagina 788

AT-8100 Switch Command Line User’s Guide1707CLASS-MAPSyntaxclass-map nameParametersnameSpecifies the name of a class map.ModeGlobal Configuration mode

Pagina 789 - STP, RSTP, MSTP Loop Guard

Chapter 101: QoS Commands1708DEFAULT-ACTIONSyntaxdefault-action permit|deny|copy-to-mirrorParameterspermitSpecifies packets are permitted. This is the

Pagina 790

AT-8100 Switch Command Line User’s Guide1709To reset the action for the default class-map to permit, do the following:awplus> enableawplus# configu

Pagina 791

AT-8100 Switch Command Line User’s Guide171SHOW SWITCHSyntaxshow switchParametersNoneModesPrivileged Exec modeDescriptionUse this command to view the

Pagina 792

Chapter 101: QoS Commands1710DESCRIPTION (Policy Map)Syntaxdescription lineParameterslineSpecifies an 80-character description of the QoS policy map.

Pagina 793

AT-8100 Switch Command Line User’s Guide1711To remove a description from a policy map called “pmap1,” do the following:awplus> enableawplus# config

Pagina 794 - STP and RSTP Root Guard

Chapter 101: QoS Commands1712MATCH ACCESS-GROUP Syntaxmatch access-group group-name|group-numberParametersgroup-nameIndicates a group name that was cr

Pagina 795 - Spanning Tree Protocol (STP)

AT-8100 Switch Command Line User’s Guide1713 To create a numbered IPv4 ACL, see the commands listed in Table 234.Use the no form of this command, NO

Pagina 796

Chapter 101: QoS Commands1714The following example creates a numbered IPv4 MAC ACL access list, 4012 and matches it to a class map called “cmap2:”awpl

Pagina 797

AT-8100 Switch Command Line User’s Guide1715MATCH COSSyntaxmatch cos <0-7>Parameters0-7Specifies the CoS value where 0 is the lowest value, and

Pagina 798 - Setting the Switch Parameters

Chapter 101: QoS Commands1716Confirmation Commands“SHOW CLASS-MAP” on page 1766“SHOW RUNNING-CONFIG” on page 170ExamplesThe following example creates

Pagina 799

AT-8100 Switch Command Line User’s Guide1717MATCH DSCPSyntaxmatch dscp <0-63>Parameters0-63Specifies the DSCP value with 0 as the lowest value a

Pagina 800 - Setting the Port Parameters

Chapter 101: QoS Commands1718MATCH IP-PRECEDENCESyntaxmatch ip-precedence <0-7>Parameters0-7Specifies the precedence number.ModeClass Map modeDe

Pagina 801

AT-8100 Switch Command Line User’s Guide1719MATCH MAC-TYPESyntaxmatch mac-type <12bcast|12mcast|12ucast>Parametersl2bcastSpecifies the Layer 2 B

Pagina 802 - Displaying STP Settings

Chapter 8: Basic Switch Management Commands172ExampleThe following example displays the switch information:awplus# show switchActive Spanning Tree ver

Pagina 803 - STP Commands

Chapter 101: QoS Commands1720The following example removes the MAC type from a class map:awplus> enableawplus# configure terminalawplus(config)# cl

Pagina 804 - Chapter 55: STP Commands

AT-8100 Switch Command Line User’s Guide1721MATCH PROTOCOLSyntaxmatch eth-format layer-two-format protocol layer-three-protocolParameterseth-formatInd

Pagina 805 - NO SPANNING-TREE STP ENABLE

Chapter 101: QoS Commands1722snap-tagged Indicates Sub-network Access Protocol (SNAP) tagged packets.snap-untagged Indicates SNAP untagged packets.Tab

Pagina 806 - SHOW SPANNING-TREE

AT-8100 Switch Command Line User’s Guide1723dec-lavc Indicates protocol number 6007. Enter the parameter name or its number.dec-mod-dump-id Indicates

Pagina 807

Chapter 101: QoS Commands1724Confirmation Commands“SHOW CLASS-MAP” on page 1766“SHOW RUNNING-CONFIG” on page 170ExamplesThe following example assigns

Pagina 808 - SPANNING-TREE FORWARD-TIME

AT-8100 Switch Command Line User’s Guide1725The following example creates a class map called “cmap12” and assigns ARP to it:awplus> enableawplus# c

Pagina 809 - SPANNING-TREE GUARD ROOT

Chapter 101: QoS Commands1726MATCH TCP-FLAGSSyntaxmatch tcp-flags ack|fin|rst|syn|urgParametersackIndicates the Acknowledge TCP flag.finIndicates the

Pagina 810 - SPANNING-TREE HELLO-TIME

AT-8100 Switch Command Line User’s Guide1727If you assign both of these commands to the same class map, such as “cmap1,” the output of the SHOW CLASS-

Pagina 811 - SPANNING-TREE MAX-AGE

Chapter 101: QoS Commands1728MATCH VLANSyntaxmatch vlan <1-4094>Parameters1-4094Specifies the VLAN ID number.ModeClass Map Configuration modeDes

Pagina 812 - SPANNING-TREE MODE STP

AT-8100 Switch Command Line User’s Guide1729MLS QOS AGGREGATE-POLICE SINGLE-RATESyntaxmls qos aggregate-police <name> single-rate <CIR> &l

Pagina 813 - SPANNING-TREE PATH-COST

AT-8100 Switch Command Line User’s Guide173SHOW SYSTEMSyntaxshow systemParametersNoneModesUser Exec and Privileged Exec modesDescriptionUse this comma

Pagina 814 - SPANNING-TREE PORTFAST

Chapter 101: QoS Commands1730This type of policer can meter the traffic classified by the class map, and as a result, is given a red bandwidth class f

Pagina 815

AT-8100 Switch Command Line User’s Guide1731awplus(config-pmap)# police aggregate policeagg1awplus(config-pmap-c)# exitawplus(config-pmap)# class cmap

Pagina 816

Chapter 101: QoS Commands1732MLS QOS AGGREGATE-POLICE TWIN-RATESyntaxmls qos aggregate-police <name> twin-rate <cir> <cbs> <pir&g

Pagina 817

AT-8100 Switch Command Line User’s Guide1733A twin-rate policier is based on four values:  minimum rate minimum burst size maximum rate maximum bu

Pagina 818 - SPANNING-TREE STP ENABLE

Chapter 101: QoS Commands1734awplus(config-pmap-c)# exitawplus(config-pmap)# class cmaptwin2awplus(config-pmap)# police aggregate policeaggtwinawplus(

Pagina 819

AT-8100 Switch Command Line User’s Guide1735MLS QOS COSSyntaxmls qos cos <0-7>Parameters0-7Specifies the Class of Service user-priority value. T

Pagina 820

Chapter 101: QoS Commands1736The following example sets the CoS priority value to 4 on port 22:awplus> enableawplus# configure terminalawplus(confi

Pagina 821

AT-8100 Switch Command Line User’s Guide1737MLS QOS ENABLESyntaxmls qos enableParametersNoneModeGlobal Configuration modeDescriptionUse this command t

Pagina 822 - Hello Time, and

Chapter 101: QoS Commands1738MLS QOS MAP COS-QUEUESyntaxmls qos map cos-queue cos_priority to egress_queueParameterscos_prioritySpecifies a Class of S

Pagina 823 - Disabling BPDU

AT-8100 Switch Command Line User’s Guide1739Confirmation Command“SHOW MLS QOS MAPS COS-QUEUE” on page 1775ExamplesThe following example sets an egress

Pagina 824

Chapter 8: Basic Switch Management Commands174SHOW SYSTEM SERIALNUMBERSyntaxshow system serialnumberParametersNoneModeUser Exec and Privileged Exec mo

Pagina 825 - Configuring Port

Chapter 101: QoS Commands1740MLS QOS MAP DSCP-QUEUESyntaxmls qos map dscp-queue dscp_value to egress_queueParametersdscp_valueSpecifies a DSCP value.

Pagina 826

AT-8100 Switch Command Line User’s Guide1741ExamplesThe following example maps a DSCP value of 46 to egress queue 7 on ingress port 1.0.24. The DSCP v

Pagina 827

Chapter 101: QoS Commands1742MLS QOS MAP POLICED-DSCPSyntaxmls qos map policed-dscp <existing-dscp> to <new-dscp> <0 - 63>Parameters

Pagina 828

AT-8100 Switch Command Line User’s Guide1743This example changes the DSCP value from 20 to 44:awplus> enableawplus# configure terminalawplus(config

Pagina 829

Chapter 101: QoS Commands1744NO AUTO-QOS VOICE | TRUST DSCPSyntaxno auto-qos [voice <VLANID> |trust dscp]ParametersvoiceSpecifies a VLAN ID for

Pagina 830 - Displaying RSTP Settings

AT-8100 Switch Command Line User’s Guide1745In the following example, DSCP is removed as the type of trust:awplus> enableawplus# configure terminal

Pagina 831 - RSTP Commands

Chapter 101: QoS Commands1746NO MATCH ACCESS-GROUPSyntaxmatch access-group group-name|group-numberParametersgroup-nameIndicates an ACL group name that

Pagina 832 - Chapter 57: RSTP Commands

AT-8100 Switch Command Line User’s Guide1747The following example removes group number 4000 from a class map, called “cmap41”:awplus> enableawplus#

Pagina 833 - NO SPANNING-TREE PORTFAST

Chapter 101: QoS Commands1748NO MATCH PROTOCOLSyntaxno match eth-format layer-two-format protocol layer-three-protocolParameterseth-formatIndicates th

Pagina 834

AT-8100 Switch Command Line User’s Guide1749The following example removes 802.2 tagged packets from a class map called “cmap8”:awplus> enableawplus

Pagina 835 - NO SPANNING-TREE LOOP-GUARD

AT-8100 Switch Command Line User’s Guide175SHOW USERSSyntaxshow usersParametersNoneModesPrivileged Exec modeDescriptionUse this command to display the

Pagina 836

Chapter 101: QoS Commands1750NO MLS QOS AGGREGATE-POLICESyntaxno mls qos aggregate-police name ParametersnameIndicates the name of the police aggregat

Pagina 837 - NO SPANNING-TREE RSTP ENABLE

AT-8100 Switch Command Line User’s Guide1751NO MLS QOS ENABLESyntaxno mls qos enableParametersNoneModeGlobal Configuration modeDescriptionUse this com

Pagina 838

Chapter 101: QoS Commands1752NO POLICE AGGREGATESyntaxno police aggregate nameParametersnameIndicates the name of a police aggregate.ModePolicy Map Cl

Pagina 839

AT-8100 Switch Command Line User’s Guide1753POLICE AGGREGATESyntaxpolice aggregate nameParametersnameIndicates the name of the police aggregator.ModeP

Pagina 840

Chapter 101: QoS Commands1754The following example removes the association between the aggregate name, “policyagg5,” and class maps “cmap7” and “cmap1

Pagina 841

AT-8100 Switch Command Line User’s Guide1755POLICE SINGLE-RATE ACTIONSyntaxpolice single-rate <cir> <cbs> <ebs> action [drop-red|pol

Pagina 842

Chapter 101: QoS Commands1756POLICED-DSCP command. See “MLS QOS MAP POLICED-DSCP” on page 1742.Although data are metered per byte, if there are suffic

Pagina 843

AT-8100 Switch Command Line User’s Guide1757POLICE TWIN-RATE ACTIONSyntaxpolice twin-rate <cir> <cbs> <pir> <pbs> action [drop

Pagina 844

Chapter 101: QoS Commands1758 minimum burst size maximum rate maximum burst sizeThe value of the action parameter greatly effects the outcome of th

Pagina 845 - SPANNING-TREE LINK-TYPE

AT-8100 Switch Command Line User’s Guide1759POLICY-MAPSyntaxpolicy-map nameParametersnameSpecifies the name of a policy map.ModeGlobal Configuration m

Pagina 846 - SPANNING-TREE LOOP-GUARD

Chapter 8: Basic Switch Management Commands176ExampleThis example displays the managers who are logged on to the switch:awplus# show usersIdle The num

Pagina 847

Chapter 101: QoS Commands1760SET COSSyntaxset cos <0-7>Parameters0-7Specifies the CoS value of the classified traffic.ModePolicy Map Class modeD

Pagina 848 - SPANNING-TREE MODE RSTP

AT-8100 Switch Command Line User’s Guide1761The following example removes the policy-map action for class map “cmap25” by using the NO SET COS command

Pagina 849

Chapter 101: QoS Commands1762SET DSCPSyntaxset dscp <0-63>Parameters<0-63>Specifies the DSCP value of the classified traffic.ModePolicy Ma

Pagina 850

AT-8100 Switch Command Line User’s Guide1763SET QUEUESyntaxset queue <0-7>Parameters<0-7>Specifies the queue.ModePolicy Map Class modeDesc

Pagina 851

Chapter 101: QoS Commands1764The following example removes the previously configured egress queue from class map “cmap2:”awplus> enableawplus# conf

Pagina 852

AT-8100 Switch Command Line User’s Guide1765SERVICE-POLICY INPUTSyntaxservice-policy input <policy-map>Parameterspolicy-mapIndicates the name of

Pagina 853

Chapter 101: QoS Commands1766SHOW CLASS-MAPSyntaxshow class-map class-map-nameParametersclass-map-nameSpecifies the name of the class map.ModesUser Ex

Pagina 854 - SPANNING-TREE RSTP ENABLE

AT-8100 Switch Command Line User’s Guide1767SHOW POLICY-MAPSyntaxshow policy-map policy-map-nameParameterspolicy-map-nameSpecifies the name of the pol

Pagina 855 - Chapter 58

Chapter 101: QoS Commands1768ExampleThis example displays the settings of a policy map called “pmap4:'awplus# show policy-map pmap4Description Th

Pagina 856

AT-8100 Switch Command Line User’s Guide1769SHOW MLS QOSSyntaxshow mls qos ParametersNoneModePrivileged Exec modeDescriptionUse this command to displa

Pagina 857

AT-8100 Switch Command Line User’s Guide177SHOW VERSIONSyntaxshow versionParametersNoneModeUser Exec and Privileged Exec modesDescriptionUse this comm

Pagina 858

Chapter 101: QoS Commands1770SHOW MLS QOS AGGREGRATE-POLICERSyntaxshow mls qos aggregate-policer nameParametersnameSpecifies the name of the aggregate

Pagina 859

AT-8100 Switch Command Line User’s Guide1771.ExampleThis example displays the contents of the aggregate policer, called “ap1:”awplus# show mls qos agg

Pagina 860 - MSTI Guidelines

Chapter 101: QoS Commands1772SHOW MLS QOS INTERFACESyntaxshow mls qos interface portParametersportSpecifies the port to display. You can view only one

Pagina 861 - VLAN and MSTI Associations

AT-8100 Switch Command Line User’s Guide1773Figure 273. SHOW MLS QOS INTERFACE Command - Strict Priority (continued)Figure 274 is an example of a port

Pagina 862 - Ports in Multiple MSTIs

Chapter 101: QoS Commands1774The fields in the display are described in Table 240.ExampleThis example displays the mappings of egress queues to CoS va

Pagina 863

AT-8100 Switch Command Line User’s Guide1775SHOW MLS QOS MAPS COS-QUEUESyntaxshow mls qos maps cos-queueParametersportSpecifies the port to display. Y

Pagina 864

Chapter 101: QoS Commands1776SHOW MLS QOS MAPS DSCP-QUEUESyntaxshow mls qos maps dscp-queueParametersportSpecifies the port. You can display only one

Pagina 865

AT-8100 Switch Command Line User’s Guide1777Figure 276. SHOW MLS QOS MAPS DSCP-QUEUE CommandThe mappings of DSCP value and egress queues are set with

Pagina 866

Chapter 101: QoS Commands1778ExampleThe following example displays the DSCP mappings:awplus# show mls qos maps dscp-queue

Pagina 867

AT-8100 Switch Command Line User’s Guide1779SHOW MLS QOS MAPS POLICED-DSCPSyntaxshow mls qos maps policed-dscp <0-63>Parameters<0-63>Speci

Pagina 868 - Summary of Guidelines

Chapter 8: Basic Switch Management Commands178SNMP-SERVER CONTACTSyntaxsnmp-server contact contactParameterscontactSpecifies the name of the person re

Pagina 869

Chapter 101: QoS Commands1780TRUST DSCPSyntaxtrust dscpParametersNoneModePolicy Map Class modeDescriptionUse this command to trust the DSCP field in a

Pagina 870 - Associating VLANs to MSTIs

AT-8100 Switch Command Line User’s Guide1781awplus> enableawplus# configure terminalawplus(config)# policy-map pmap1awplus(config-pmap)# class cmap

Pagina 871

Chapter 101: QoS Commands1782WRR-QUEUE EGRESS-RATE-LIMIT QUEUESSyntaxwrr-queue egress-rate-limit bandwidth queues [0|1|2|3|4|5|6|7]Parametersbandwidth

Pagina 872

AT-8100 Switch Command Line User’s Guide1783This example removes egress rate limiting from port 14:awplus> enableawplus# configure terminalawplus(c

Pagina 873

Chapter 101: QoS Commands1784WRR-QUEUE WEIGHTSyntaxwrr-queue weight weightParametersweightSpecifies the weight (the number of packets a port transmits

Pagina 874 - MSTP Root Guard

AT-8100 Switch Command Line User’s Guide1785Figure 279. Mapping of WRR QueuesUse the no form of this command, NO WRR-QUEUE WEIGHT, to remove the WRR s

Pagina 875 - MSTP Commands

Chapter 101: QoS Commands1786

Pagina 876 - Chapter 59: MSTP Commands

1787Chapter 102QoS Storm Control ProtectionThis chapter describes the following topics: “Overview” on page 1788 “Enabling Policy-Based QSP” on page

Pagina 877 - INSTANCE MSTI-ID PRIORITY

Chapter 102: QoS Storm Control Protection1788OverviewThe QoS Storm Control Protection (QSP) feature uses QoS mechanisms to classify traffic that is li

Pagina 878

AT-8100 Switch Command Line User’s Guide1789The QSP feature is configured and displayed with six storm control commands. All of the commands that begi

Pagina 879 - INSTANCE MSTI-ID VLAN

AT-8100 Switch Command Line User’s Guide179SNMP-SERVER LOCATIONSyntaxsnmp-server location locationParameterslocationSpecifies the location of the swit

Pagina 880

Chapter 102: QoS Storm Control Protection1790When the software detects a storm on a port, a message is automatically recorded in the Event log or Sysl

Pagina 881

AT-8100 Switch Command Line User’s Guide1791Enabling Policy-Based QSPTo enable QSP, use the STORM PROTECTION command. You enable storm protection on a

Pagina 882 - NO SPANNING-TREE MSTP ENABLE

Chapter 102: QoS Storm Control Protection1792Setting the Storm Control ActionTo determine which action the switch takes when the configured limits are

Pagina 883

AT-8100 Switch Command Line User’s Guide1793Disabling a Port The following example sets the storm protection action to disable the port assigned to th

Pagina 884 - SHOW SPANNING-TREE MST CONFIG

Chapter 102: QoS Storm Control Protection1794Shutting Down aPortThe following example sets the storm protection action to shut down the port assigned

Pagina 885 - SHOW SPANNING-TREE MST

AT-8100 Switch Command Line User’s Guide1795Setting Storm Control Down TimeAfter the storm control action has been triggered, the port assigned to the

Pagina 886

Chapter 102: QoS Storm Control Protection1796Setting the Storm Control Speed and Sampling FrequencyYou want to set the data rate for triggering policy

Pagina 887

AT-8100 Switch Command Line User’s Guide1797Displaying Port Storm StatusTo display the storm status for the specified port, use the SHOW MLS QOS INTER

Pagina 888

Chapter 102: QoS Storm Control Protection1798

Pagina 889

1799Chapter 103QSP CommandsThe QoS Storm Control Protection commands are summarized in Table 249 and described in detail in this chapter.Table 249. Qu

Pagina 890 - SPANNING-TREE MODE MSTP

Contents18SHOW SPANNING-TREE...88

Pagina 891 - SPANNING-TREE MSTP ENABLE

Chapter 8: Basic Switch Management Commands180SYSTEM TERRITORYSyntaxsystem territory territoryParametersterritorySpecifies the territory of the switch

Pagina 892

Chapter 103: QSP Commands1800SHOW MLS QOS INTERFACE STORM-STATUSSyntaxshow mls qos interface port storm-statusParametersportSpecifies the port to disp

Pagina 893 - SPANNING-TREE MST INSTANCE

AT-8100 Switch Command Line User’s Guide1801Confirmation CommandNoneExampleThis example displays the storm status for port 5:awplus# show mls qos inte

Pagina 894

Chapter 103: QSP Commands1802STORM-ACTIONSyntaxstorm-action portdisable|vlandisable|linkdownParametersportdisableDisables the port in software.vlandis

Pagina 895

AT-8100 Switch Command Line User’s Guide1803awplus(config)# policy-map pmap2awplus(config-pmap)# class cmap1awplus(config-pmap-c)# storm-protectionawp

Pagina 896

Chapter 103: QSP Commands1804STORM-DOWNTIMESyntaxstorm-downtime <1 - 86400>Parameters<1 - 86400>Indicates the number of seconds.ModePolicy

Pagina 897 - <region-name>

AT-8100 Switch Command Line User’s Guide1805STORM-PROTECTIONSyntaxstorm-protection ParametersNoneModePolicy Map ClassDescriptionUse this command to en

Pagina 898 - REVISION

Chapter 103: QSP Commands1806STORM-RATESyntaxstorm-rate <1 - 10000000>Parameters<1 - 10000000>Sets the data rate in kbps. ModePolicy Map C

Pagina 899 - Virtual LANs

AT-8100 Switch Command Line User’s Guide1807The following example disables the storm-rate setting:awplus> enableawplus# configure terminalawplus(co

Pagina 900

Chapter 103: QSP Commands1808STORM-WINDOWSyntaxstorm-window <100 - 6000>Parameters<100 - 6000>Indicates the window size, measured in ms. E

Pagina 901 - Port-based and Tagged VLANs

AT-8100 Switch Command Line User’s Guide1809The following example disables the storm-window setting on class map “cmap5:'awplus> enableawplus#

Pagina 902

AT-8100 Switch Command Line User’s Guide181This example removes the current territory information:awplus> enableawplus# configure terminalawplus(co

Pagina 903 -  Tagged VLANs

Chapter 103: QSP Commands1810

Pagina 904 - Port-based VLAN Overview

1811Section XIVRoutingThis section contains the following chapters: Chapter 104, “Internet Protocol Version 4 Packet Routing” on page 1813 Chapter 1

Pagina 906

1813Chapter 104Internet Protocol Version 4 Packet RoutingThis chapter describes the following topics: “Overview” on page 1814 “Routing Interfaces” o

Pagina 907 - Example 2

Chapter 104: Internet Protocol Version 4 Packet Routing1814OverviewThis section contains an overview of the IPv4 routing feature on the switch and beg

Pagina 908

AT-8100 Switch Command Line User’s Guide1815Routing InterfacesRouting interfaces are used to route IPv4 packets between the networks that are local to

Pagina 909

Chapter 104: Internet Protocol Version 4 Packet Routing1816Static RoutesStatic routes are used to route IPv4 packets to networks that are not directly

Pagina 910 - Tagged VLAN Overview

AT-8100 Switch Command Line User’s Guide1817Routing Information Protocol (RIP)The switch supports Routing Information Protocol (RIP) versions 1 and 2.

Pagina 911

Chapter 104: Internet Protocol Version 4 Packet Routing1818The switch transmits its routing table every thirty seconds from those interfaces that have

Pagina 912 - Tagged VLAN

AT-8100 Switch Command Line User’s Guide1819Default RouteA default route is a “match all” destination entry in the routing table. The switch uses it t

Pagina 913

Chapter 8: Basic Switch Management Commands182

Pagina 914

Chapter 104: Internet Protocol Version 4 Packet Routing1820Routing TableThe switch has a routing table of local and remote networks The local networks

Pagina 915 - Creating VLANs

AT-8100 Switch Command Line User’s Guide1821Address Resolution Protocol (ARP) TableThe switch has an ARP table. The switch uses the table to store the

Pagina 916

Chapter 104: Internet Protocol Version 4 Packet Routing1822Internet Control Message Protocol (ICMP)ICMP allows routers to send error and control messa

Pagina 917

AT-8100 Switch Command Line User’s Guide1823Time to Live Exceeded (11) The switch sends a “Time to live exceeded” packet if the value in a packet’s TT

Pagina 918 - Adding Tagged Ports to VLANs

Chapter 104: Internet Protocol Version 4 Packet Routing1824Routing Interfaces and Management FeaturesRouting interfaces are primarily used to route IP

Pagina 919

AT-8100 Switch Command Line User’s Guide1825Example of the Routing CommandsThis section contains an example of the commands of the IPv4 routing featur

Pagina 920

Chapter 104: Internet Protocol Version 4 Packet Routing1826Creating theRoutingInterfacesNow that the VLANs are created, you may use the IP ADDRESS com

Pagina 921

AT-8100 Switch Command Line User’s Guide1827IPv4 decimal masks 16 and 24 are equivalent to masks 255.255.0.0 and 255.255.255.0, respectively.There are

Pagina 922

Chapter 104: Internet Protocol Version 4 Packet Routing1828Adding Static andDefault RoutesBuilding on our example, assume you decide to manually enter

Pagina 923 - Displaying the VLANs

AT-8100 Switch Command Line User’s Guide1829Now assume you want to create a default route for packets that have a destination address to an unknown ne

Pagina 924

183Chapter 9Port ParametersThis chapter contains the following: “Adding Descriptions” on page 184 “Setting the Speed and Duplex Mode” on page 185 “

Pagina 925 - Port-based and Tagged VLAN

Chapter 104: Internet Protocol Version 4 Packet Routing1830Activating RIP Rather than adding static routes to remote destinations, or perhaps to augme

Pagina 926 - NO SWITCHPORT ACCESS VLAN

AT-8100 Switch Command Line User’s Guide1831You may specify the interfaces in the NETWORK command by their respective network addresses instead of the

Pagina 927 - NO SWITCHPORT TRUNK

Chapter 104: Internet Protocol Version 4 Packet Routing1832

Pagina 928

1833Chapter 105IPv4 Routing CommandsThe IPv4 routing commands are summarized in Table 253 and described in detail within the chapter.NoteThe commands

Pagina 929

Chapter 105: IPv4 Routing Commands1834NoteThe switch does not support IPv6 packet routing, but it does support one IPv6 management address. For instru

Pagina 930 - SHOW VLAN

AT-8100 Switch Command Line User’s Guide1835IP ADDRESSSyntaxip address ipaddress/maskParametersipaddressSpecifies an IPv4 address for a new routing in

Pagina 931

Chapter 105: IPv4 Routing Commands1836ExamplesThis example adds a new routing interface to the Default VLAN, which has the VID 1.The interface is assi

Pagina 932 - SWITCHPORT ACCESS VLAN

AT-8100 Switch Command Line User’s Guide1837IP ADDRESS DHCPSyntaxip address dhcpParametersNoneModeVLAN Interface modeDescriptionUse this command to cr

Pagina 933

Chapter 105: IPv4 Routing Commands1838IP ROUTESyntaxip route ipaddress1 mask ipaddress2 [admin]Parametersipaddress1Specifies the IP address of a remot

Pagina 934 - SWITCHPORT MODE ACCESS

AT-8100 Switch Command Line User’s Guide1839The switch uses the default route to route packets to remote destination networks that are not listed in i

Pagina 935 - SWITCHPORT MODE TRUNK

Chapter 9: Port Parameters184Adding DescriptionsThe ports will be easier to identify if you give them descriptions. The descriptions are viewed with t

Pagina 936

Chapter 105: IPv4 Routing Commands1840This example assigns the switch the IPv4 default gateway address 143.87.132.45. The mask is specified in IP nota

Pagina 937 - SWITCHPORT TRUNK ALLOWED VLAN

AT-8100 Switch Command Line User’s Guide1841NO IP ADDRESSSyntaxno ip addressParametersNoneModeVLAN Interface modeDescriptionUse this command to delete

Pagina 938

Chapter 105: IPv4 Routing Commands1842ExampleThis example deletes the IPv4 routing interface from the VLAN with the VID 15:awplus> enableawplus# co

Pagina 939

AT-8100 Switch Command Line User’s Guide1843NO IP ADDRESS DHCPSyntaxno ip address dhcpParametersNoneModeVLAN Interface modeDescriptionUse this command

Pagina 940 - SWITCHPORT TRUNK NATIVE VLAN

Chapter 105: IPv4 Routing Commands1844ExampleThis example deletes the IPv4 routing interface with a dynamic IP address from the VLAN with the VID 3:aw

Pagina 941

AT-8100 Switch Command Line User’s Guide1845NO IP ROUTESyntaxno ip route ipaddress1/mask ipaddress2 [admin]Parametersipaddress1Specifies the IP addres

Pagina 942

Chapter 105: IPv4 Routing Commands1846This example deletes the same static route, but the mask is entered in decimal notation:awplus> enableawplus#

Pagina 943

AT-8100 Switch Command Line User’s Guide1847SHOW IP INTERFACESyntaxshow ip interfaceParametersNoneModePrivileged Exec modeDescriptionUse this command

Pagina 944

Chapter 105: IPv4 Routing Commands1848ExampleThis example displays the routing interfaces on the switch:awplus# show ip interfaceProtocol The status o

Pagina 945 - Chapter 62

AT-8100 Switch Command Line User’s Guide1849SHOW IP ROUTESyntaxshow ip routeParametersNoneModePrivileged Exec modeDescriptionUse this command to displ

Pagina 946

AT-8100 Switch Command Line User’s Guide185Setting the Speed and Duplex ModeThe twisted pair ports on the switch can operate at 10, 100, or 1000 Mbps,

Pagina 947 - Figure 177. GVRP Example

Chapter 105: IPv4 Routing Commands1850NoteRIP routes have an additional option which indicates the time lapsed in hours: minutes: seconds since the RI

Pagina 948

1851Chapter 106Routing Information Protocol (RIP)This chapter describes the following topics: “Overview” on page 1852 “Enabling RIP” on page 1853 “

Pagina 949

Chapter 106: Routing Information Protocol (RIP)1852OverviewThe AT-8100 Series switches provide Layer 3 routing functionality as well as Layer 2 switch

Pagina 950 - GVRP and Network Security

AT-8100 Switch Command Line User’s Guide1853Enabling RIPTo connect remote networks dynamically, you must enable the RIP routing process on the switche

Pagina 951

Chapter 106: Routing Information Protocol (RIP)1854The following example enables RIP on Switch S1 so that VLAN interfaces 10 and 50 receive and send R

Pagina 952 - Enabling GVRP on the Switch

AT-8100 Switch Command Line User’s Guide1855Specifying a RIP VersionThe Management Software supports both RIP Version 1 and 2. The default RIP Version

Pagina 953 - Enabling GIP on the Switch

Chapter 106: Routing Information Protocol (RIP)1856Enabling AuthenticationSecurity is one of the primary requirements for corporate networks. RIP Vers

Pagina 954 - Enabling GVRP on the Ports

AT-8100 Switch Command Line User’s Guide1857The following example configures Switch S1 to specify MD5 as the authentication mode and “axc222” as the p

Pagina 955 - Setting the GVRP Timers

Chapter 106: Routing Information Protocol (RIP)1858Enabling and Disabling Automatic Route SummarizationAs a corporation grows, the corporate network n

Pagina 956

AT-8100 Switch Command Line User’s Guide1859The following example enables automatic summarization:S1> enableS1# configure terminalS1(config)# route

Pagina 957 - Disabling GVRP on the Ports

Chapter 9: Port Parameters186This example sets the speeds of ports 11 and 17 to 100Mbps:awplus> enableawplus# configure terminalawplus(config)# int

Pagina 958 - Disabling GIP on the Switch

Chapter 106: Routing Information Protocol (RIP)1860Enabling and Disabling Split HorizonRIP implements the split-horizon mechanism to prevent propagati

Pagina 959 - Disabling GVRP on the Switch

AT-8100 Switch Command Line User’s Guide1861Advertising the Default RouteRIP has a built-in feature which allows you to advertise a default route to d

Pagina 960

Chapter 106: Routing Information Protocol (RIP)1862Displaying Routing Information with RIPTo confirm that routes are dynamically added by RIP, use the

Pagina 961 - Displaying GVRP

AT-8100 Switch Command Line User’s Guide1863Adjusting TimersRIP sends routing updates at regular intervals. By default, the Management Software transm

Pagina 962

Chapter 106: Routing Information Protocol (RIP)1864Blocking Routing Updates on an InterfaceThe interfaces on the switch receive routing updates every

Pagina 963

1865Chapter 107Routing Information Protocol (RIP) CommandsThe RIP commands are summarized in Table 258 and described in detail within the chapter.Tabl

Pagina 964

Chapter 107: Routing Information Protocol (RIP) Commands1866“NO AUTO-SUMMARY” on page 1881 Routing ConfigurationDisables automatic route summarization

Pagina 965 - CONVERT DYNAMIC VLAN

AT-8100 Switch Command Line User’s Guide1867“ROUTER RIP” on page 1896 Global ConfigurationEnters the Routing Configuration mode to configure RIP.“SHOW

Pagina 966 - GVRP APPLICANT STATE ACTIVE

Chapter 107: Routing Information Protocol (RIP) Commands1868AUTO-SUMMARYSyntaxauto-summaryParametersNoneModeRouting Configuration modeDescriptionUse t

Pagina 967 - GVRP APPLICANT STATE NORMAL

AT-8100 Switch Command Line User’s Guide1869DEFAULT-INFORMATION ORIGINATESyntaxdefault-information originateParameterNoneModeRouter Configuration mode

Pagina 968 - GVRP ENABLE

AT-8100 Switch Command Line User’s Guide187Setting the MDI/MDI-X Wiring ConfigurationThe wiring configurations of twisted pair ports that operate at 1

Pagina 969 - GVRP REGISTRATION

Chapter 107: Routing Information Protocol (RIP) Commands1870IP RIP AUTHENTICATION STRINGSyntaxip rip authentication string auth-stringParametersauth-s

Pagina 970 - GVRP TIMER JOIN

AT-8100 Switch Command Line User’s Guide1871IP RIP AUTHENTICATION MODESyntaxip rip authentication mode md5|textParametersmd5Specifies the MD5 authenti

Pagina 971 - GVRP TIMER LEAVE

Chapter 107: Routing Information Protocol (RIP) Commands1872IP RIP RECEIVE-PACKETSyntaxip rip receive-packetParametersNoneModeVLAN Interface modeDescr

Pagina 972 - GVRP TIMER LEAVEALL

AT-8100 Switch Command Line User’s Guide1873IP RIP RECEIVE VERSIONSyntaxip rip receive version 1|2|1 2Parameters1Specifies RIP Version 1.2Specifies RI

Pagina 973 - NO GVRP ENABLE

Chapter 107: Routing Information Protocol (RIP) Commands1874The following example configures the routing interface in VLAN 3 to receive both RIP Versi

Pagina 974 - NO GVRP TIMER JOIN

AT-8100 Switch Command Line User’s Guide1875IP RIP SEND-PACKETSyntaxip rip send packetParametersNoneModeVLAN Interface modeDescriptionUse this command

Pagina 975 - NO GVRP TIMER LEAVE

Chapter 107: Routing Information Protocol (RIP) Commands1876IP RIP SEND VERSIONSyntaxip rip send version 1|2Parameters1Specifies RIP Version 1.2Specif

Pagina 976 - NO GVRP TIMER LEAVEALL

AT-8100 Switch Command Line User’s Guide1877IP RIP SPLIT-HORIZONSyntaxip rip split-horizon [poisoned]ParameterspoisonedAssigns a hop value of infinity

Pagina 977 - PURGE GVRP

Chapter 107: Routing Information Protocol (RIP) Commands1878ExamplesThe following example activates split horizon on the routing interface in VLAN 5.

Pagina 978 - SHOW GVRP APPLICANT

AT-8100 Switch Command Line User’s Guide1879NETWORKSyntaxnetwork network-address|subnet-mask|vlanidParametersnetwork-addressSpecifies the network addr

Pagina 979 - SHOW GVRP CONFIGURATION

Chapter 9: Port Parameters188Enabling or Disabling PortsDisabling ports turns off their receivers and transmitters so that they cannot forward traffic

Pagina 980 - SHOW GVRP MACHINE

Chapter 107: Routing Information Protocol (RIP) Commands1880The following example allows VLAN 2 to send and accept routing updates:awplus> enableaw

Pagina 981 - SHOW GVRP STATISTICS

AT-8100 Switch Command Line User’s Guide1881NO AUTO-SUMMARYSyntaxno auto-summaryParametersNoneModeRouting Configuration modeDescriptionUse this comman

Pagina 982 - Transmit GARP Messages: Empty

Chapter 107: Routing Information Protocol (RIP) Commands1882NO DEFAULT-INFORMATION ORIGINATESyntaxno default-information originateParameterNoneModeRou

Pagina 983 - SHOW GVRP TIMER

AT-8100 Switch Command Line User’s Guide1883NO IP RIP AUTHENTICATION MODESyntaxno ip rip authentication modeParametersNoneModeVLAN Interface modeDescr

Pagina 984

Chapter 107: Routing Information Protocol (RIP) Commands1884NO IP RIP AUTHENTICATION STRINGSyntaxno ip rip authentication string auth-stringParameters

Pagina 985 - MAC Address-based VLANs

AT-8100 Switch Command Line User’s Guide1885NO IP RIP RECEIVE-PACKETSyntaxno ip rip receive-packetParametersNoneModeVLAN Interface modeDescriptionUse

Pagina 986

Chapter 107: Routing Information Protocol (RIP) Commands1886NO IP RIP RECEIVE VERSIONSyntaxno ip rip receive versionParametersNoneModeVLAN Interface m

Pagina 987

AT-8100 Switch Command Line User’s Guide1887NO IP RIP SEND-PACKETSyntaxno ip rip send packetParametersNoneModeVLAN Interface modeDescriptionUse this c

Pagina 988

Chapter 107: Routing Information Protocol (RIP) Commands1888NO IP RIP SEND VERSIONSyntaxno ip rip send versionParametersNoneModeVLAN Interface modeDes

Pagina 989 - Switches

AT-8100 Switch Command Line User’s Guide1889NO IP RIP SPLIT-HORIZONSyntaxno ip rip split-horizonParametersNoneModeVLAN Interface modeDescriptionUse th

Pagina 990

AT-8100 Switch Command Line User’s Guide189Enabling or Disabling BackpressurePorts use backpressure during periods of packet congestion, to prevent pa

Pagina 991

Chapter 107: Routing Information Protocol (RIP) Commands1890NO NETWORKSyntaxno network network-address|subnet-mask|vlanidParametersnetwork-addressSpec

Pagina 992 - General Steps

AT-8100 Switch Command Line User’s Guide1891NO PASSIVE-INTERFACESyntaxno passive-interface vlanidParametersvlanidSpecifies the ID number of a VLAN.Mod

Pagina 993

Chapter 107: Routing Information Protocol (RIP) Commands1892NO ROUTER RIPSyntaxno router ripParametersNoneModeGlobal Configuration modeDescriptionUse

Pagina 994

AT-8100 Switch Command Line User’s Guide1893NO TIMERS BASICSyntaxno timers basicParametersNoneModeRouting Configuration modeDescriptionUse this comman

Pagina 995 - Removing MAC Addresses

Chapter 107: Routing Information Protocol (RIP) Commands1894NO VERSIONSyntaxno versionParametersNoneModeRouter Configuration modeDescriptionUse this c

Pagina 996

AT-8100 Switch Command Line User’s Guide1895PASSIVE-INTERFACESyntaxpassive-interface vlanidParametersvlanidSpecifies the ID number of a VLAN.ModeRouti

Pagina 997 - Displaying VLANs

Chapter 107: Routing Information Protocol (RIP) Commands1896ROUTER RIPSyntaxrouter ripParametersNoneModeGlobal Configuration modeDescriptionUse this c

Pagina 998

AT-8100 Switch Command Line User’s Guide1897SHOW IP RIPSyntaxshow ip ripParametersNoneModeUser Exec and Privileged Exec modesDescriptionUse this comma

Pagina 999

Chapter 107: Routing Information Protocol (RIP) Commands1898The fields are described in Table 259.ExampleThe following example displays routing inform

Pagina 1000

AT-8100 Switch Command Line User’s Guide1899SHOW IP RIP COUNTERSyntaxshow ip rip counterParametersNoneModeUser Exec and Privileged Exec modesDescripti

Pagina 1001 - Chapter 65

AT-8100 Switch Command Line User’s Guide19Chapter 62: GARP VLAN Registration Protocol ...

Pagina 1002

Chapter 9: Port Parameters190Enabling or Disabling Flow ControlWhen a port that is operating in full-duplex mode needs to temporarily stop its local o

Pagina 1003 - macaddress

Chapter 107: Routing Information Protocol (RIP) Commands1900ExampleThe following example displays counters for RIP packets on the switch:awplus# show

Pagina 1004

AT-8100 Switch Command Line User’s Guide1901SHOW IP RIP INTERFACESyntaxshow ip rip interface interfaceParametersinterfaceSpecifies a VLAN interface. T

Pagina 1005

Chapter 107: Routing Information Protocol (RIP) Commands1902ExamplesThe following example displays RIP information about VLAN 5:awplus# show ip route

Pagina 1006 - SHOW VLAN MACADDRESS

AT-8100 Switch Command Line User’s Guide1903TIMERS BASICSyntaxtimers basic update update timeout timeout garbage garbageParametersupdateSpecifies the

Pagina 1007

Chapter 107: Routing Information Protocol (RIP) Commands1904ExampleThe following example sets the switch to transmit routing updates every 20 seconds,

Pagina 1008 - VLAN MACADDRESS

AT-8100 Switch Command Line User’s Guide1905VERSIONSyntaxversion 1|2Parameters1Specifies RIP Version 1.2Specifies RIP Version 2.ModeRouter Configurati

Pagina 1009 - Sales and the VID 3:

Chapter 107: Routing Information Protocol (RIP) Commands1906

Pagina 1010

1907Appendix ASystem Monitoring CommandsThe system monitoring commands are summarized in Table 262 and described in detail within the chapter.Table 26

Pagina 1011

Chapter : System Monitoring Commands1908SHOW CPUSyntaxshow cpu [sort pri|runtime|sleep|thrds]ParameterspriSorts the list by process priorities.runtime

Pagina 1012

AT-8100 Switch Command Line User’s Guide1909SHOW CPU HISTORYSyntaxshow cpu historyParametersNoneModePrivileged Exec modeDescriptionUse this command to

Pagina 1013

AT-8100 Switch Command Line User’s Guide191This example configures port 21 not to send pause packets during periods of packet congestion:awplus> en

Pagina 1014

Chapter : System Monitoring Commands1910SHOW CPU USER-THREADSSyntaxshow cpu user-threadsParametersNoneModePrivileged Exec modeDescriptionUse this comm

Pagina 1015 - Private Port VLANs

AT-8100 Switch Command Line User’s Guide1911SHOW MEMORYSyntaxshow memory [sort peak|size|stk]ParameterspeakSorts the list by the peak amounts of memor

Pagina 1016 - Overview

Chapter : System Monitoring Commands1912SHOW MEMORY ALLOCATIONSyntaxshow memory allocation processParameterprocessSpecifies a system process.ModePrivi

Pagina 1017 - Functionality

AT-8100 Switch Command Line User’s Guide1913SHOW MEMORY HISTORYSyntaxshow memory historyParametersNoneModePrivileged Exec modeDescriptionUse this comm

Pagina 1018 - Guidelines

Chapter : System Monitoring Commands1914SHOW MEMORY POOLSSyntaxshow memory poolsParametersNoneModePrivileged Exec modeDescriptionUse this command to d

Pagina 1019 - Creating Private VLANs

AT-8100 Switch Command Line User’s Guide1915SHOW PROCESSSyntaxshow memory process [sort cpu|mem]ParameterscpuSorts the list by percentage of CPU utili

Pagina 1020 - Adding Host and Uplink Ports

Chapter : System Monitoring Commands1916SHOW SYSTEM SERIALNUMBERSyntaxshow system serialnumberParametersNoneModesUser Exec mode and Privileged Exec mo

Pagina 1021 - Deleting VLANs

AT-8100 Switch Command Line User’s Guide1917SHOW SYSTEM INTERRUPTSSyntaxshow system interruptsParametersNoneModePrivileged Exec modeDescriptionUse thi

Pagina 1022 - Displaying Private VLANs

Chapter : System Monitoring Commands1918SHOW TECH-SUPPORTSyntaxshow tech-support [all]ParametersallPerforms the full set of technical support commands

Pagina 1023 - Private Port VLAN Commands

AT-8100 Switch Command Line User’s Guide1919With the ALL option, the command performs the previous commands and these additional commands: SHOW ARP

Pagina 1024

Chapter 9: Port Parameters192If flow control is not configured on a port, this message is displayed:Flow control is not set on interface port1.0.2

Pagina 1025 - PRIVATE-VLAN

Chapter : System Monitoring Commands1920

Pagina 1026 - SHOW VLAN PRIVATE-VLAN

1921Appendix BManagement Software Default SettingsThis appendix lists the factory default settings of the switch. The features are listed in alphabeti

Pagina 1027

Appendix B: Management Software Default Settings1922 “VLANs” on page 1952 “Web Server” on page 1953

Pagina 1028

AT-8100 Switch Command Line User’s Guide1923Boot Configuration FileThe following table lists the name of the default configuration file.Boot Configura

Pagina 1029 - Voice VLAN Commands

Appendix B: Management Software Default Settings1924Class of ServiceThe following table lists the default mappings of the IEEE 802.1p priority levels

Pagina 1030 - NO SWITCHPORT VOICE VLAN

AT-8100 Switch Command Line User’s Guide1925Console PortThe following table lists the default settings for the Console port.NoteThe baud rate is the o

Pagina 1031 - SWITCHPORT VOICE DSCP

Appendix B: Management Software Default Settings1926DHCP RelayThe following table lists the default settings for the DHCP relay feature.DHCP Relay Set

Pagina 1032 - SWITCHPORT VOICE VLAN

AT-8100 Switch Command Line User’s Guide1927802.1x Port-Based Network Access ControlThe following table describes the 802.1x Port-based Network Access

Pagina 1033 - Confirmation Command

Appendix B: Management Software Default Settings1928The following table lists the default settings for RADIUS accounting.The following table lists the

Pagina 1034

AT-8100 Switch Command Line User’s Guide1929Enhanced StackingThe following table lists the enhanced stacking default setting.Enhanced Stacking Setting

Pagina 1035 - Port Security

AT-8100 Switch Command Line User’s Guide193Resetting PortsIf a port is experiencing a problem, you may be able to correct it with the RESET command in

Pagina 1036

Appendix B: Management Software Default Settings1930GVRPThis section provides the default settings for GVRP.GVRP Setting DefaultStatus DisabledGIP Sta

Pagina 1037 - Chapter 69

AT-8100 Switch Command Line User’s Guide1931Hardware StackingThe following table lists the hardware stacking default setting.Hardware Stacking Setting

Pagina 1038

Appendix B: Management Software Default Settings1932IGMP SnoopingThe following table lists the IGMP Snooping default settings.IGMP Snooping Setting De

Pagina 1039

AT-8100 Switch Command Line User’s Guide1933IGMP Snooping QuerierThe following table lists the IGMP snooping querier default settings.IGMP Snooping Qu

Pagina 1040 - Configuring Ports

Appendix B: Management Software Default Settings1934Link Layer Discovery Protocol (LLDP and LLDP-MED)The following table lists the default settings fo

Pagina 1041

AT-8100 Switch Command Line User’s Guide1935MAC Address-based Port SecurityThe following table lists the MAC address-based port security default setti

Pagina 1042

Appendix B: Management Software Default Settings1936MAC Address TableThe following table lists the default setting for the MAC address table.MAC Addre

Pagina 1043

AT-8100 Switch Command Line User’s Guide1937Management IP AddressThe following table lists the default settings for the management IP address.Manageme

Pagina 1044 - Displaying Port Settings

Appendix B: Management Software Default Settings1938Manager AccountThe following table lists the manager account default settings.NoteLogin names and

Pagina 1045 - INTERFACE Command

AT-8100 Switch Command Line User’s Guide1939Port SettingsThe following table lists the port configuration default settings.Port Configuration Setting

Pagina 1046

Chapter 9: Port Parameters194Configuring Threshold Limits for Ingress PacketsYou can set threshold limits for the ingress packets on the ports. The th

Pagina 1047 - Commands

Appendix B: Management Software Default Settings1940RADIUS ClientThe following table lists the RADIUS configuration default settings.RADIUS Configurat

Pagina 1048 - NO SWITCHPORT PORT-SECURITY

AT-8100 Switch Command Line User’s Guide1941Remote Manager Account AuthenticationThe following table describes the remote manager account authenticati

Pagina 1049

Appendix B: Management Software Default Settings1942RMONThe following table lists the default settings for RMON collection histories. There are no def

Pagina 1050 - SHOW PORT-SECURITY INTERFACE

AT-8100 Switch Command Line User’s Guide1943Secure Shell ServerThe following table lists the SSH default settings.NoteThe SSH port number is not adjus

Pagina 1051

Appendix B: Management Software Default Settings1944sFlow AgentThe default settings for the sFlow agent are listed in this table.sFlow Agent Setting D

Pagina 1052

AT-8100 Switch Command Line User’s Guide1945Simple Network Management Protocol (SNMPv1, SNMPv2c and SNMPv3)The following table describes the default s

Pagina 1053

Appendix B: Management Software Default Settings1946Simple Network Time ProtocolThe following table lists the SNTP default settings.SNTP Setting Defau

Pagina 1054

AT-8100 Switch Command Line User’s Guide1947Spanning Tree Protocols (STP, RSTP and MSTP)This section provides the default settings for STP and RSTP.Sp

Pagina 1055 - SWITCHPORT PORT-SECURITY

Appendix B: Management Software Default Settings1948MultipleSpanning TreeProtocolThe following table describes the RSTP default settings.Loop Guard Di

Pagina 1056

AT-8100 Switch Command Line User’s Guide1949System NameThe default setting for the system name is listed in this table.System Name Setting DefaultSyst

Pagina 1057

AT-8100 Switch Command Line User’s Guide195To remove threshold limits from the ports, use the NO STORM-CONTROL command, also in the Port Interface mod

Pagina 1058

Appendix B: Management Software Default Settings1950TACACS+ Client The following table lists the TACACS+ client configuration default settings.TACACS+

Pagina 1059

AT-8100 Switch Command Line User’s Guide1951Telnet ServerThe default settings for the Telnet server are listed in this table.NoteThe Telnet port numbe

Pagina 1060

Appendix B: Management Software Default Settings1952VLANsThis section provides the VLAN default settings.VLAN Setting DefaultDefault VLAN Name Default

Pagina 1061 - Chapter 71

AT-8100 Switch Command Line User’s Guide1953Web ServerThe following table lists the web server default settings.Web Server Configuration Setting Defau

Pagina 1062

Appendix B: Management Software Default Settings1954

Pagina 1063 - Authentication Process

1955Command IndexAAAA ACCOUNTING LOGIN command 1497AAA ACCOUNTING LOGIN TACACS command 1497AAA AUTHENTICATION DOT1X DEFAULT GROUP command 1078AAA AUTH

Pagina 1064 - Port Roles

Index1956DOT1X CONTROL-DIRECTION command 1108DOT1X EAP command 1110DOT1X INITIALIZE INTERFACE command 1112DOT1X MAX-REAUTH-REQ command 1113DOT1X PORT-

Pagina 1065

AT-8100 Switch Command Line User’s Guide1957IP RIP SEND-PACKET command 1875IP RIP SPLIT-HORIZON command 1877IP ROUTE command 305, 320, 1838IP SOURCE B

Pagina 1066

Index1958NO GROUP-LINK-CONTROL DOWNSTREAM command 521, 531NO GROUP-LINK-CONTROL UPSTREAM command 521, 532NO GVRP ENABLE command 959, 973NO HOLBPLIMIT

Pagina 1067

AT-8100 Switch Command Line User’s Guide1959NO SERVICE SSH command 1434NO SERVICE TELNET command 1402, 1406NO SERVICE-POLICY INPUT command 1765NO SET

Pagina 1068 -  Multi-supplicant mode

Chapter 9: Port Parameters196Displaying Threshold Limit Settings on PortsTo display the threshold settings for the ingress packets on the ports, use t

Pagina 1069

Index1960REBOOT command 131, 164REBOOT ESTACK MEMBER command 444REGION command 897RELOAD command 131, 165RENEGOTIATE command 197, 230RESET command 193

Pagina 1070 - Multi-Supplicant

AT-8100 Switch Command Line User’s Guide1961SHOW LLDP STATISTICS command 1260, 1314SHOW LLDP STATISTICS INTERFACE command 1260, 1316SHOW LOCATION comm

Pagina 1071

Index1962SPANNING-TREE MST CONFIGURATION command 892SPANNING-TREE MST INSTANCE command 893SPANNING-TREE MSTP ENABLE command 891SPANNING-TREE PATH-COST

Pagina 1072

AT-8100 Switch Command Line User’s Guide197Reinitializing Auto-NegotiationIf you believe that a port set to Auto-Negotiation is not using the highest

Pagina 1073

Chapter 9: Port Parameters198Restoring the Default SettingsTo restore the default settings on a port, use the PURGE command in the Port Interface mode

Pagina 1074 - RADIUS Server

AT-8100 Switch Command Line User’s Guide199Displaying Port SettingsThere are several ways to display port settings. See the following: “Displaying Sp

Pagina 1075 - Guest VLAN

CopyrightCopyright © 2014, Allied Telesis, Inc.All rights reserved.This product includes software licensed under the BSD License. As such, the followi

Pagina 1076

Contents20VLAN SET MACADDRESS (Global Configuration Mode)...1010VLAN SET MACADDRESS

Pagina 1077

Chapter 9: Port Parameters200Figure 50. SHOW INTERFACE CommandThe fields are described in Table 13 on page 235. For a description of the command, see

Pagina 1078

AT-8100 Switch Command Line User’s Guide201Displaying or Clearing Port StatisticsTo view packet statistics for the individual ports, use the SHOW PLAT

Pagina 1079

Chapter 9: Port Parameters202Displaying SFP Information To view information on a plugged SFP on the switch, use the SHOW SYSTEM PLUGGABLE command in t

Pagina 1080 - Operating Modes

203Chapter 10Port Parameter CommandsThe port parameter commands are summarized in Table 11.Table 11. Port Parameter CommandsCommand Mode Description“B

Pagina 1081

Chapter 10: Port Parameter Commands204“NO STORM-CONTROL” on page 226Port Interface Removes threshold limits for broadcast, multicast, or unknown unica

Pagina 1082 - Configuring Reauthentication

205“STORM-CONTROL” on page 254 Port Interface Sets a maximum limit of the number of broadcast, multicast, or unknown unicast packets forwarded by a po

Pagina 1083

Chapter 10: Port Parameter Commands206BACKPRESSURESyntaxbackpressure on|offParametersonActivates backpressure on the ports.offDeactivates backpressure

Pagina 1084 - Configuring Supplicant Ports

AT-8100 Switch Command Line User’s Guide207This example configures ports 8 and 21 to 100 Mbps, half-duplex mode, with backpressure disabled:awplus>

Pagina 1085

Chapter 10: Port Parameter Commands208BPLIMITSyntaxbplimit bplimitParametersbplimitSpecifies the number of cells for backpressure. A cell represents 1

Pagina 1086 - Supplicant Role

AT-8100 Switch Command Line User’s Guide209CLEAR PORT COUNTERSyntaxclear port counter portParametersportSpecifies the port whose packet counters you w

Pagina 1087

AT-8100 Switch Command Line User’s Guide21Authentication Methods for Authenticator Ports...

Pagina 1088

Chapter 10: Port Parameter Commands210DESCRIPTIONSyntaxdescription descriptionParametersdescriptionSpecifies a description of 1 to 240 alphanumeric ch

Pagina 1089

AT-8100 Switch Command Line User’s Guide211This example removes the current name from port 11 without assigning a new name:awplus> enableawplus# co

Pagina 1090

Chapter 10: Port Parameter Commands212DUPLEXSyntaxduplex auto|half|fullParametersautoActivates Auto-Negotiation for the duplex mode, so that the duple

Pagina 1091 - Control Commands

AT-8100 Switch Command Line User’s Guide213ExamplesThis example sets the duplex mode on port 11 half-duplex:awplus> enableawplus# configure termina

Pagina 1092

Chapter 10: Port Parameter Commands214EGRESS-RATE-LIMITSyntaxegress-rate-limit valueParametersvalueSpecifies the maximum amount of traffic that can be

Pagina 1093

AT-8100 Switch Command Line User’s Guide215FCTRLLIMITSyntaxfctrllimit fctrllimitParametersfctrllimitSpecifies the number of cells for flow control. A

Pagina 1094

Chapter 10: Port Parameter Commands216FLOWCONTROLSyntaxflowcontrol send|receive|both on|offParametersendControls whether a port sends pause packets du

Pagina 1095

AT-8100 Switch Command Line User’s Guide217partner. If it is off, a port does not respond to pause packets and continues to transmit packets. At the d

Pagina 1096 - AUTH DYNAMIC-VLAN-CREATION

Chapter 10: Port Parameter Commands218This example configures port 1 and 2 to 10 Mbps, full-duplex mode. The send portion of flow control is disabled

Pagina 1097

AT-8100 Switch Command Line User’s Guide219HOLBPLIMITSyntaxholbplimit holbplimitParameterholbplimitSpecifies the threshold at which a port signals a h

Pagina 1098 - AUTH GUEST-VLAN

Contents22NO AUTH DYNAMIC-VLAN-CREATION ...1125NO AUTH GUE

Pagina 1099 - AUTH HOST-MODE

Chapter 10: Port Parameter Commands220Figure 52. Head of Line BlockingThe HOL Limit parameter can help prevent this problem from occurring. It sets a

Pagina 1100

AT-8100 Switch Command Line User’s Guide221awplus> enableawplus# configure terminalawplus(config)# interface port1.0.9awplus(config-if)# no holbpli

Pagina 1101 - AUTH REAUTHENTICATION

Chapter 10: Port Parameter Commands222NO EGRESS-RATE-LIMITSyntaxno egress-rate-limitParametersNoneModePort Interface modeDescriptionUse this command t

Pagina 1102 - AUTH TIMEOUT QUIET-PERIOD

AT-8100 Switch Command Line User’s Guide223NO FLOWCONTROLSyntaxno flowcontrolParameterNoneModePort Interface modeDescriptionUse this command to disabl

Pagina 1103 - AUTH TIMEOUT REAUTH-PERIOD

Chapter 10: Port Parameter Commands224NO SHUTDOWNSyntaxno shutdownParametersNoneModePort Interface modeDescriptionUse this command to enable ports so

Pagina 1104 - AUTH TIMEOUT SERVER-TIMEOUT

AT-8100 Switch Command Line User’s Guide225NO SNMP TRAP LINK-STATUSSyntaxno snmp trap link-statusParameterNoneModePort Interface modeDescriptionUse th

Pagina 1105 - AUTH TIMEOUT SUPP-TIMEOUT

Chapter 10: Port Parameter Commands226NO STORM-CONTROLSyntaxno storm-control broadcast|multicast|dlfParametersbroadcastSpecifies broadcast packets.mul

Pagina 1106 - AUTH-MAC ENABLE

AT-8100 Switch Command Line User’s Guide227POLARITYSyntaxpolarity auto|mdi|mdixParametersautoActivates auto-MDI/MDIX.mdiSets a port’s wiring configura

Pagina 1107 - AUTH-MAC REAUTH-RELEARNING

Chapter 10: Port Parameter Commands228This example sets ports 4 and 18 to the MDI-X wiring configuration:awplus> enableawplus# configure terminalaw

Pagina 1108 - DOT1X CONTROL-DIRECTION

AT-8100 Switch Command Line User’s Guide229PURGESyntaxpurgeParametersNoneModePort Interface modeDescriptionUse this command to restore the default set

Pagina 1109

AT-8100 Switch Command Line User’s Guide23SHOW SNMP-SERVER HOST...

Pagina 1110 - DOT1X EAP

Chapter 10: Port Parameter Commands230RENEGOTIATESyntaxrenegotiateParametersNoneModePort Interface modeDescriptionUse this command to prompt a port th

Pagina 1111

AT-8100 Switch Command Line User’s Guide231RESETSyntaxresetParametersNoneModePort Interface modeDescriptionUse this command to perform a hardware rese

Pagina 1112 - DOT1X INITIALIZE INTERFACE

Chapter 10: Port Parameter Commands232SHOW FLOWCONTROL INTERFACESyntaxshow flowcontrol interface portParameterportSpecifies the port whose flow contro

Pagina 1113 - DOT1X MAX-REAUTH-REQ

AT-8100 Switch Command Line User’s Guide233ExampleThis command displays the flow control settings for port 2:awplus# show flowcontrol interface port1.

Pagina 1114 - DOT1X PORT-CONTROL AUTO

Chapter 10: Port Parameter Commands234SHOW INTERFACESyntaxshow interface [port]ParameterportSpecifies the port whose current status you want to view.

Pagina 1115

AT-8100 Switch Command Line User’s Guide235Figure 54. SHOW INTERFACE CommandThe fields are described in Table 13.Interface port1.0.1Link is UP, admini

Pagina 1116

Chapter 10: Port Parameter Commands236Link is The status of the link on the port. This field is UP when the port has a link with a network device, and

Pagina 1117 - DOT1X PORT-CONTROL SUPPLICANT

AT-8100 Switch Command Line User’s Guide237ExamplesThis command displays the current operational state of all the ports:awplus# show interfaceThis com

Pagina 1118

Chapter 10: Port Parameter Commands238SHOW INTERFACE BRIEFSyntaxshow interface briefParameterNoneModesPrivileged Exec modeDescriptionUse this command

Pagina 1119

AT-8100 Switch Command Line User’s Guide239ExampleThe following example displays the administrative and link statuses of all of the ports on the switc

Pagina 1120

Contents24Displaying Port TLVs...

Pagina 1121

Chapter 10: Port Parameter Commands240SHOW INTERFACE STATUSSyntaxshow interface [port] statusParameterportSpecifies the port whose parameter settings

Pagina 1122

AT-8100 Switch Command Line User’s Guide241ExamplesThis command displays the settings of all the ports:awplus# show interface statusThis command displ

Pagina 1123 - DOT1X TIMEOUT TX-PERIOD

Chapter 10: Port Parameter Commands242SHOW PLATFORM TABLE PORT COUNTERSSyntaxshow platform table port [port] countersParameterportSpecifies the port w

Pagina 1124

AT-8100 Switch Command Line User’s Guide243MulticastPkts Number of received and transmitted multicast packets.BroadcastPkts Number of received and tra

Pagina 1125 - NO AUTH DYNAMIC-VLAN-CREATION

Chapter 10: Port Parameter Commands244ExamplesThis command displays the statistics for ports 21 and 23:awplus# show platform table port port1.0.21,por

Pagina 1126 - NO AUTH GUEST-VLAN

AT-8100 Switch Command Line User’s Guide245SHOW RUNNING-CONFIG INTERFACESyntaxshow running-config interface portParametersportSpecifies a port, multip

Pagina 1127 - NO AUTH REAUTHENTICATION

Chapter 10: Port Parameter Commands246SHOW STORM-CONTROLSyntaxshow storm-control [port]ParametersportSpecifies the port whose storm-control, threshold

Pagina 1128 - NO AUTH-MAC ENABLE

AT-8100 Switch Command Line User’s Guide247ExamplesThis command displays the settings of all the ports:awplus# show storm-controlThis command displays

Pagina 1129 - NO DOT1X PORT-CONTROL

Chapter 10: Port Parameter Commands248SHOW SYSTEM PLUGGABLESyntaxshow system pluggableParametersNoneModePrivileged Exec modeDescriptionUse this comman

Pagina 1130

AT-8100 Switch Command Line User’s Guide249SHOW SYSTEM PLUGGABLE DETAILSyntaxshow system pluggable detailParametersNoneModePrivileged Exec modeDescrip

Pagina 1131 - SHOW AUTH-MAC INTERFACE

AT-8100 Switch Command Line User’s Guide25RMON Port Statistics ...

Pagina 1132

Chapter 10: Port Parameter Commands250SHUTDOWNSyntaxshutdownParameterNoneModePort Interface modeDescriptionUse this command to disable ports. Ports th

Pagina 1133

AT-8100 Switch Command Line User’s Guide251SNMP TRAP LINK-STATUSSyntaxsnmp trap link-statusParameterNoneModePort Interface modeDescriptionUse this com

Pagina 1134

Chapter 10: Port Parameter Commands252SPEEDSyntaxspeed auto|10|100|1000ParametersautoActivates Auto-Negotiation so that the speed is configured automa

Pagina 1135 - SHOW DOT1X

AT-8100 Switch Command Line User’s Guide253This example activates Auto-Negotiation on port 15:awplus> enableawplus# configure terminalawplus(config

Pagina 1136 - SHOW DOT1X INTERFACE

Chapter 10: Port Parameter Commands254STORM-CONTROLSyntaxstorm-control broadcast|multicast|dlf level valueParametersbroadcastSpecifies broadcast packe

Pagina 1137

AT-8100 Switch Command Line User’s Guide255ExamplesThis example sets the maximum threshold level of 5,000 packets per second for ingress broadcast pac

Pagina 1138

Chapter 10: Port Parameter Commands256

Pagina 1139

257Chapter 11Power Over Ethernet “Overview” on page 258 “Enabling and Disabling PoE” on page 260  “Adding PD Descriptions to Ports” on page 262  “

Pagina 1140

Chapter 11: Power Over Ethernet258OverviewThe AT-8100L/8PoE, AT-8100S/24PoE, and AT-8100S/48PoE switches feature Power over Ethernet (PoE) on the 10/1

Pagina 1141 - Section X

AT-8100 Switch Command Line User’s Guide259be operated using either one power supply or both power supplies. One power supply is responsible for provi

Pagina 1142

Contents26Enabling the Telnet Server...

Pagina 1143 - SNMPv1 and SNMPv2c

Chapter 11: Power Over Ethernet260Enabling and Disabling PoEEnabling PoE on ports allows the switch to supply power to PDs connected to the ports. In

Pagina 1144

AT-8100 Switch Command Line User’s Guide261This example enables PoE individually on port 6 and port 8:awplus> enableawplus# configure terminalawplu

Pagina 1145

Chapter 11: Power Over Ethernet262Adding PD Descriptions to PortsPDs connected to the ports are easier to identify if you give them descriptions. To a

Pagina 1146 - Enabling SNMPv1 and SNMPv2c

AT-8100 Switch Command Line User’s Guide263Prioritizing PortsWhen the total power requirements of the PDs exceed the total available power of the swit

Pagina 1147 - Creating Community Strings

Chapter 11: Power Over Ethernet264Managing the Maximum Power Limit on PortsTo manage the switch’s power and optimize its power distribution, the switc

Pagina 1148

AT-8100 Switch Command Line User’s Guide265Managing Legacy PDsThe PoE switch automatically detects whether or not a device plugged into the PoE-enable

Pagina 1149

Chapter 11: Power Over Ethernet266Monitoring Power ConsumptionYou can monitor the power consumption of the switch and PDs by configuring the unit to t

Pagina 1150 - Deleting Community Strings

AT-8100 Switch Command Line User’s Guide267Displaying PoE InformationThe switch allows you to display PoE information using three commands. Each comma

Pagina 1151 - Disabling SNMPv1 and SNMPv2c

Chapter 11: Power Over Ethernet268This example displays the PoE information of port 1 through port 4:awplus# show power inline interface port1.0.1-por

Pagina 1152 - Displaying SNMPv1 and SNMPv2c

269Chapter 12Power Over Ethernet CommandsThe Power over Ethernet (PoE) commands are summarized in Table 23. These commands are only supported on the P

Pagina 1153 - Exec mode:

AT-8100 Switch Command Line User’s Guide27Enabling the Web Browser Server...

Pagina 1154

Chapter 12: Power Over Ethernet Commands270“POWER-INLINE PRIORITY” on page 284Port Interface Assigns a PoE priority level to a port.“POWER-INLINE USAG

Pagina 1155 - SNMPv1 and SNMPv2c Commands

AT-8100 Switch Command Line User’s Guide271CLEAR POWER-INLINE COUNTERS INTERFACESyntaxclear power-inline counters interface [port]ParameterportSpecifi

Pagina 1156

Chapter 12: Power Over Ethernet Commands272NO POWER-INLINE ALLOW-LEGACYSyntaxno power-inline allow-legacyParametersNoneModePort Interface modeDescript

Pagina 1157 - NO SNMP-SERVER

AT-8100 Switch Command Line User’s Guide273NO POWER-INLINE DESCRIPTIONSyntaxno power-inline descriptionParametersNoneModePort Interface modeDescriptio

Pagina 1158 - NO SNMP-SERVER COMMUNITY

Chapter 12: Power Over Ethernet Commands274NO POWER-INLINE ENABLESyntaxno power-inline enableParametersNoneModePort Interface modeDescriptionUse this

Pagina 1159 - NO SNMP-SERVER ENABLE TRAP

AT-8100 Switch Command Line User’s Guide275NO POWER-INLINE MAXSyntaxno power-inline maxParametersNoneModePort Interface modeDescriptionUse this comman

Pagina 1160 - Global Configuration mode

Chapter 12: Power Over Ethernet Commands276NO POWER-INLINE PRIORITYSyntaxno power-inline priorityParametersNoneModePort Interface modeDescriptionUse t

Pagina 1161 - NO SNMP-SERVER HOST

AT-8100 Switch Command Line User’s Guide277NO POWER-INLINE USAGE-THRESHOLDSyntaxno power-inline usage-thresholdParametersNoneModeGlobal Configuration

Pagina 1162

Chapter 12: Power Over Ethernet Commands278NO SERVICE POWER-INLINESyntaxno service power-inlineParametersNoneModeGlobal Configuration modeDescriptionU

Pagina 1163 - NO SNMP-SERVER VIEW

AT-8100 Switch Command Line User’s Guide279NO SNMP-SERVER ENABLE TRAP POWER-INLINESyntaxno snmp-server enable trap power-inlineParametersNoneModeGloba

Pagina 1164 - NO SNMP TRAP LINK-STATUS

Contents28Section XIII: Quality of Service ...1

Pagina 1165 - SHOW RUNNING-CONFIG SNMP

Chapter 12: Power Over Ethernet Commands280POWER-INLINE ALLOW-LEGACYSyntaxpower-inline allow-legacyParametersNoneModePort Interface modeDescriptionUse

Pagina 1166 - SHOW SNMP-SERVER

AT-8100 Switch Command Line User’s Guide281POWER-INLINE DESCRIPTIONSyntaxpower-inline description descriptionParametersdescriptionSpecifies a PD descr

Pagina 1167 - SHOW SNMP-SERVER COMMUNITY

Chapter 12: Power Over Ethernet Commands282POWER-INLINE ENABLESyntaxpower-inline enableParametersNoneModePort Interface modeDescriptionUse this comman

Pagina 1168

AT-8100 Switch Command Line User’s Guide283POWER-INLINE MAXSyntaxpower-inline max max_powerParametersmax_powerSpecifies the maximum power limit of the

Pagina 1169 - SHOW SNMP-SERVER VIEW

Chapter 12: Power Over Ethernet Commands284POWER-INLINE PRIORITYSyntaxpower-inline priority critical|high|lowParameterscriticalSets ports to the Criti

Pagina 1170 - SNMP-SERVER

AT-8100 Switch Command Line User’s Guide285ExampleThis example assigns the Critical priority level to port 5:awplus> enableawplus# configure termin

Pagina 1171 - SNMP-SERVER COMMUNITY

Chapter 12: Power Over Ethernet Commands286POWER-INLINE USAGE-THRESHOLDSyntaxpower-inline usage-threshold thresholdParametersthresholdSpecifies the po

Pagina 1172 - SNMP-SERVER ENABLE TRAP

AT-8100 Switch Command Line User’s Guide287SERVICE POWER-INLINESyntaxservice power-inlineParametersNoneModeGlobal Configuration modeDescriptionUse thi

Pagina 1173 - SNMP-SERVER ENABLE TRAP AUTH

Chapter 12: Power Over Ethernet Commands288SHOW POWER-INLINESyntaxshow power-inlineParameterNoneModePrivileged Exec modeDescriptionUse this command to

Pagina 1174 - SNMP-SERVER HOST

AT-8100 Switch Command Line User’s Guide289Table 24. SHOW POWER-INLINE CommandField DescriptionNominal Power The switch’s total available power in wat

Pagina 1175

AT-8100 Switch Command Line User’s Guide29IPV6 ACCESS-LIST (PROTO)...

Pagina 1176 - SNMP-SERVER VIEW

Chapter 12: Power Over Ethernet Commands290ExampleThis example displays PoE information about the switch and ports:awplus# show power-inlineOper The P

Pagina 1177

AT-8100 Switch Command Line User’s Guide291SHOW POWER-INLINE COUNTERS INTERFACESyntaxshow power-inline counters interface portParameterportSpecifies a

Pagina 1178 - SNMP TRAP LINK-STATUS

Chapter 12: Power Over Ethernet Commands292ExampleThis command displays the PoE event counters for ports 4 to 6:awplus# show power-inline counters int

Pagina 1179 - SNMPv3 Commands

AT-8100 Switch Command Line User’s Guide293SHOW POWER-INLINE INTERFACESyntaxshow power-inline interface portParameterportSpecifies a port. You can dis

Pagina 1180 - Chapter 75: SNMPv3 Commands

Chapter 12: Power Over Ethernet Commands294SHOW POWER-INLINE INTERFACE DETAILSyntaxshow power-inline interface port detailParameterportSpecifies a por

Pagina 1181

AT-8100 Switch Command Line User’s Guide295PoE admin The status of PoE on the port. The status can be one of the following: Enabled: PoE is enabled.

Pagina 1182 - NO SNMP-SERVER ENGINEID LOCAL

Chapter 12: Power Over Ethernet Commands296ExamplesThis example displays PoE information for port 1:awplus# show power-inline interface port1.0.1 deta

Pagina 1183 - NO SNMP-SERVER GROUP

AT-8100 Switch Command Line User’s Guide297SNMP-SERVER ENABLE TRAP POWER-INLINESyntaxsnmp-server enable trap power-inlineParametersNoneModeGlobal Conf

Pagina 1184

Chapter 12: Power Over Ethernet Commands298

Pagina 1185

299Chapter 13IPv4 and IPv6 Management AddressesThis chapter contains the following information: “Overview” on page 300 “Assigning an IPv4 Management

Pagina 1186 - NO SNMP-SERVER USER

Allied Telesis is committed to meeting the requirements of the open source licenses including the GNU General Public License (GPL) and will make all r

Pagina 1187

Contents30MATCH ACCESS-GROUP ...1712M

Pagina 1188

Chapter 13: IPv4 and IPv6 Management Addresses300OverviewThis chapter explains how to assign the switch an IP address. The switch must have an IP addr

Pagina 1189 - SHOW SNMP-SERVER GROUP

AT-8100 Switch Command Line User’s Guide301RMON Used with the RMON portion of the MIB tree on an SNMP workstation to remotely monitor the switch.yes n

Pagina 1190 - SHOW SNMP-SERVER HOST

Chapter 13: IPv4 and IPv6 Management Addresses302Here are the guidelines to assigning the switch management IPv4 and IPv6 addresses: You may assign t

Pagina 1191 - SHOW SNMP-SERVER USER

AT-8100 Switch Command Line User’s Guide303Assigning an IPv4 Management Address and Default GatewayThis section covers the following topics: “Adding

Pagina 1192

Chapter 13: IPv4 and IPv6 Management Addresses304Here are several examples of the command. The first example assigns the switch the management IPv4 ad

Pagina 1193

AT-8100 Switch Command Line User’s Guide305The next series of commands assigns the management address 143.24.55.67 and subnet mask 255.255.255.0 to th

Pagina 1194 - SNMP-SERVER ENGINEID LOCAL

Chapter 13: IPv4 and IPv6 Management Addresses306NoteIf an IPv4 default gateway is already assigned to the switch, you must delete it prior to enterin

Pagina 1195 - SNMP-SERVER GROUP

AT-8100 Switch Command Line User’s Guide307awplus> enableawplus# configure terminalawplus(config)# no ip route 0.0.0.0/0 149.121.43.23Displaying an

Pagina 1196

Chapter 13: IPv4 and IPv6 Management Addresses308Assigning an IPv6 Management Address and Default GatewayThis section covers the following topics: “A

Pagina 1197

AT-8100 Switch Command Line User’s Guide309NoteIf there is a management IPv6 address already assigned to the switch, you must delete it prior to enter

Pagina 1198

AT-8100 Switch Command Line User’s Guide31STORM-PROTECTION ...

Pagina 1199 - SNMP-SERVER USER

Chapter 13: IPv4 and IPv6 Management Addresses310The IPADDDRESS parameter is the default gateway to be assigned the switch. The address must be an IPv

Pagina 1200

AT-8100 Switch Command Line User’s Guide311Displaying anIPv6ManagementAddress andDefault GatewayThere are two commands for displaying a management IPv

Pagina 1201

Chapter 13: IPv4 and IPv6 Management Addresses312

Pagina 1202

313Chapter 14IPv4 and IPv6 Management Address CommandsThe IPv4 and IPv6 management address commands are summarized in Table 28.Table 28. Management IP

Pagina 1203 - Network Management

Chapter 14: IPv4 and IPv6 Management Address Commands314“SHOW IPV6 INTERFACE” on page 335Privileged Exec Displays the IPv4 management address.“SHOW IP

Pagina 1204

AT-8100 Switch Command Line User’s Guide315CLEAR IPV6 NEIGHBORSSyntaxclear ipv6 neighborsParametersNoneModePrivileged Exec modeDescriptionUse this com

Pagina 1205 - Chapter 76

Chapter 14: IPv4 and IPv6 Management Address Commands316IP ADDRESSSyntaxip address ipaddress/maskParametersipaddressSpecifies a management IPv4 addres

Pagina 1206

AT-8100 Switch Command Line User’s Guide317ExamplesThis example assigns the switch the IPv4 management address 142.35.78.21 and subnet mask 255.255.25

Pagina 1207

Chapter 14: IPv4 and IPv6 Management Address Commands318IP ADDRESS DHCPSyntaxip address dhcpParametersNoneModeVLAN Interface modeDescriptionUse this c

Pagina 1208 - Configuring the sFlow Agent

AT-8100 Switch Command Line User’s Guide319ExampleThis example activates the DHCP client so that the switch obtains its IPv4 management address from a

Pagina 1209 - Configuring the Ports

Contents32IP RIP SPLIT-HORIZON ...

Pagina 1210 - Polling Interval

Chapter 14: IPv4 and IPv6 Management Address Commands320IP ROUTESyntaxip route 0.0.0.0/0 ipaddressParametersipaddressSpecifies an IPv4 default gateway

Pagina 1211 - Enabling the sFlow Agent

AT-8100 Switch Command Line User’s Guide321ExampleThis example assigns the switch the IPv4 default gateway address 143.87.132.45:awplus> enableawpl

Pagina 1212 - Disabling the sFlow Agent

Chapter 14: IPv4 and IPv6 Management Address Commands322IPV6 ADDRESSSyntaxipv6 address ipaddress/maskParametersipaddressSpecifies an IPv6 management a

Pagina 1213 - Displaying the sFlow Agent

AT-8100 Switch Command Line User’s Guide323and syslog servers). The VLAN must already exist on the switch before you use this command.Confirmation Com

Pagina 1214 - Configuration Example

Chapter 14: IPv4 and IPv6 Management Address Commands324IPV6 ROUTESyntaxipv6 route ::/0 ipaddressParametersipaddressSpecifies an IPv6 address of a def

Pagina 1215

AT-8100 Switch Command Line User’s Guide325ExampleThis example assigns the switch the IPv6 default gateway address 45ab:672:934c::78:17cb:awplus> e

Pagina 1216 - Chapter 76: sFlow Agent

Chapter 14: IPv4 and IPv6 Management Address Commands326NO IP ADDRESSSyntaxno ip addressParametersNoneModeVLAN Interface modeDescriptionUse this comma

Pagina 1217 - Chapter 77

AT-8100 Switch Command Line User’s Guide327NO IP ADDRESS DHCPSyntaxno ip address dhcpParametersNoneModeVLAN Interface modeDescriptionUse this command

Pagina 1218 - NO SFLOW COLLECTOR IP

Chapter 14: IPv4 and IPv6 Management Address Commands328NO IP ROUTESyntaxno ip route 0.0.0.0/0 ipaddressParametersipaddressSpecifies the current defau

Pagina 1219 - NO SFLOW ENABLE

AT-8100 Switch Command Line User’s Guide329NO IPV6 ADDRESSSyntaxno ipv6 addressParametersNoneModeVLAN Interface modeDescriptionUse this command to del

Pagina 1220 - SFLOW COLLECTOR IP

AT-8100 Switch Command Line User’s Guide33RMON ...

Pagina 1221 - SFLOW ENABLE

Chapter 14: IPv4 and IPv6 Management Address Commands330NO IPV6 ROUTESyntaxno ipv6 route ::/0 ipaddressParametersipaddressSpecifies the current IPv6 d

Pagina 1222 - SFLOW POLLING-INTERVAL

AT-8100 Switch Command Line User’s Guide331SHOW IP INTERFACESyntaxshow ip interfaceParametersNoneModePrivileged Exec modeDescriptionUse this command t

Pagina 1223

Chapter 14: IPv4 and IPv6 Management Address Commands332SHOW IP ROUTESyntaxshow ip routeParametersNoneModePrivileged Exec modeDescriptionUse this comm

Pagina 1224 - SFLOW SAMPLING-RATE

AT-8100 Switch Command Line User’s Guide333The field “Gateway of last resort is” states the default gateway, which, if defined on the switch, is also

Pagina 1225

Chapter 14: IPv4 and IPv6 Management Address Commands334ExampleThe following example displays the routes on the switch:awplus# show ip route

Pagina 1226 - SHOW SFLOW

AT-8100 Switch Command Line User’s Guide335SHOW IPV6 INTERFACESyntaxshow ipv6 interfaceParametersNoneModePrivileged Exec modeDescriptionUse this comma

Pagina 1227

Chapter 14: IPv4 and IPv6 Management Address Commands336SHOW IPV6 ROUTESyntaxshow ipv6 routeParametersNoneModePrivileged Exec modeDescriptionUse this

Pagina 1228

337Chapter 15Simple Network Time Protocol (SNTP) ClientThis chapter contains the following information: “Overview” on page 338 “Activating the SNTP

Pagina 1229 - LLDP and LLDP-MED

Chapter 15: Simple Network Time Protocol (SNTP) Client338OverviewThe switch has a Simple Network Time Protocol (SNTP) client for setting its date and

Pagina 1230

AT-8100 Switch Command Line User’s Guide339Activating the SNTP Client and Specifying the IP Address of an NTP or SNTP ServerTo activate the SNTP clien

Pagina 1232

Chapter 15: Simple Network Time Protocol (SNTP) Client340Configuring Daylight Savings Time and UTC OffsetIf the time that the NTP or SNTP server provi

Pagina 1233 - MED TLVs

AT-8100 Switch Command Line User’s Guide341In this example, the client is configured for ST and a UTC offset of +2 hours and 45 minutes:awplus> ena

Pagina 1234

Chapter 15: Simple Network Time Protocol (SNTP) Client342Disabling the SNTP ClientTo disable the SNTP client so that the switch does not obtain its da

Pagina 1235

AT-8100 Switch Command Line User’s Guide343Displaying the SNTP ClientTo display the settings of the SNTP client on the switch, use the SHOW NTP ASSOCI

Pagina 1236 - Chapter 78: LLDP and LLDP-MED

Chapter 15: Simple Network Time Protocol (SNTP) Client344Displaying the Date and TimeTo display the date and time, use the SHOW CLOCK command in the U

Pagina 1237

345Chapter 16SNTP Client CommandsThe SNTP commands are summarized in Table 33.Table 33. Simple Network Time Protocol CommandsCommand Mode Description“

Pagina 1238 -  mac-phy-config

Chapter 16: SNTP Client Commands346CLOCK SUMMER-TIMESyntaxclock summer-timeParametersNoneModeGlobal Configuration modeDescriptionUse this command to e

Pagina 1239

AT-8100 Switch Command Line User’s Guide347CLOCK TIMEZONESyntaxclock timezone +hh:mm|-hh:mmParametershh:mmSpecifies the number of hours and minutes di

Pagina 1240 -  Network-policy

Chapter 16: SNTP Client Commands348NO CLOCK SUMMER-TIMESyntaxno clock summer-timeParametersNoneModeGlobal Configuration modeDescriptionUse this comman

Pagina 1241 - INTERFACE command to confirm

AT-8100 Switch Command Line User’s Guide349NO NTP PEERSyntaxno ntp serverParameterNoneModeGlobal Configuration modeDescriptionUse this command to deac

Pagina 1242

35FiguresFigure 1. Command Modes...

Pagina 1243

Chapter 16: SNTP Client Commands350NTP PEERSyntaxntp peer ipaddressParameteripaddressSpecifies an IP address of an SNTP or NTP server.ModeGlobal Confi

Pagina 1244

AT-8100 Switch Command Line User’s Guide351PURGE NTPSyntaxpurge ntpParameterNoneModeGlobal Configuration modeDescriptionUse this command to disable th

Pagina 1245

Chapter 16: SNTP Client Commands352SHOW CLOCKSyntaxshow clockParametersNoneModesUser Exec mode and Privileged Exec modeDescriptionUse this command to

Pagina 1246

AT-8100 Switch Command Line User’s Guide353SHOW NTP ASSOCIATIONSSyntaxshow ntp associationsParametersNoneModePrivileged Exec modeDescriptionUse this c

Pagina 1247

Chapter 16: SNTP Client Commands354ExampleThe following example displays the settings of the SNTP client:awplus# show ntp associationsUTC Offset The t

Pagina 1248

AT-8100 Switch Command Line User’s Guide355SHOW NTP STATUSSyntaxshow ntp statusParametersNoneModePrivileged Exec modeDescriptionUse this command to di

Pagina 1249

Chapter 16: SNTP Client Commands356

Pagina 1250

357Chapter 17Domain Name System (DNS) “Overview” on page 358 “Adding a DNS Server to the Switch” on page 360 “Enabling or Disabling the DNS Client”

Pagina 1251 - Removing LLDP TLVs from Ports

Chapter 17: Domain Name System (DNS)358OverviewThe Domain Name System (DNS) is a naming system that allows you to access remote systems using host nam

Pagina 1252

AT-8100 Switch Command Line User’s Guide359DNS Sever List The DNS server list is a set of DNS servers that a DNS client on the switch sends a request

Pagina 1253

Figures36Figure 51. SHOW RUNNING-CONFIG INTERFACE Command...198Fi

Pagina 1254

Chapter 17: Domain Name System (DNS)360Adding a DNS Server to the SwitchThe switch has a DNS client. When you add a DNS server to the switch, the DNS

Pagina 1255

AT-8100 Switch Command Line User’s Guide361Enabling or Disabling the DNS ClientThe DNS client on the switch allows you to use domain names instead of

Pagina 1256

Chapter 17: Domain Name System (DNS)362Adding a Domain to the DNS ListThe switch allows you to create a list of domains to save typing the portion of

Pagina 1257

AT-8100 Switch Command Line User’s Guide363Setting a Default Domain Name for the DNSThe switch allows you to save typing of the portion of a domain na

Pagina 1258

Chapter 17: Domain Name System (DNS)364

Pagina 1259 - Displaying Port TLVs

365Chapter 18Domain Name System (DNS) CommandsThe DNS commands are summarized in Table 35.Table 35. DNS CommandsCommand Mode Description“IP NAME-SERVE

Pagina 1260

Chapter 18: Domain Name System (DNS) Commands366IP NAME-SERVERSyntaxip name-server <ip-address>Parametersip-addressSpecifies the IP address of a

Pagina 1261 - LLDP and LLDP-MED Commands

AT-8100 Switch Command Line User’s Guide367To delete a DNS server with an IP address of 10.10.10.5 from the DNS server list, use the command:awplus>

Pagina 1262

Chapter 18: Domain Name System (DNS) Commands368IP DOMAIN-NAMESyntaxip domain-name <domain-name>Parametersdomain-nameSpecifies a domain string,

Pagina 1263

AT-8100 Switch Command Line User’s Guide369IP DOMAIN-LISTSyntaxip domain-list <domain-name>Parametersdomain-nameSpecifies a domain string, for e

Pagina 1264 - CLEAR LLDP STATISTICS

AT-8100 Switch Command Line User’s Guide37Figure 111. Group Link Control Example 5 ...

Pagina 1265 - CLEAR LLDP TABLE

Chapter 18: Domain Name System (DNS) Commands370ExamplesTo add the domains “com” and “net” to the DNS list, use the following commands:awplus> enab

Pagina 1266 - LLDP HOLDTIME-MULTIPLIER

AT-8100 Switch Command Line User’s Guide371IP DOMAIN-LOOKUPSyntaxip domain-lookupParametersNoneModeGlobal Configuration modeDescriptionUse this comman

Pagina 1267 - LLDP LOCATION

Chapter 18: Domain Name System (DNS) Commands372SHOW IP NAME-SERVERSyntaxshow ip name-serverParametersNoneModePrivileged Exec modeDescriptionUse this

Pagina 1268

AT-8100 Switch Command Line User’s Guide373SHOW IP DOMAIN-NAMESyntaxshow ip domain-nameParametersNoneModePrivileged Exec modeDescriptionUse this comma

Pagina 1269 - LLDP MANAGEMENT-ADDRESS

Chapter 18: Domain Name System (DNS) Commands374SHOW HOSTSSyntaxshow hostsParametersNoneModePrivileged Exec modeDescriptionUse this command to display

Pagina 1270

375Chapter 19MAC Address TableThis chapter discusses the following topics: “Overview” on page 376 “Adding Static MAC Addresses” on page 378 “Deleti

Pagina 1271 - LLDP MED-NOTIFICATIONS

Chapter 19: MAC Address Table376OverviewThe MAC address table stores the MAC addresses of all the network devices that are connected to the switch’s p

Pagina 1272 - LLDP MED-TLV-SELECT

AT-8100 Switch Command Line User’s Guide377The period of time the switch waits before purging inactive dynamic MAC addresses is called the aging time.

Pagina 1273

Chapter 19: MAC Address Table378Adding Static MAC AddressesThe command for adding static unicast MAC addresses to the switch is MAC ADDRESS-TABLE STAT

Pagina 1274

AT-8100 Switch Command Line User’s Guide379awplus> enableawplus# configure terminalawplus(config)# mac address-table static 00:a0:d2:18:1a:11 disca

Pagina 1275 - LLDP NOTIFICATIONS

Figures38Figure 171. SHOW SPANNING-TREE MST Command...

Pagina 1276 - LLDP NOTIFICATION-INTERVAL

Chapter 19: MAC Address Table380Deleting MAC AddressesTo delete MAC addresses from the switch, use the CLEAR MAC ADDRESS-TABLE command in the Privileg

Pagina 1277 - LLDP REINIT

AT-8100 Switch Command Line User’s Guide381This example deletes all of the dynamic addresses learned on port 20: awplus> enableawplus# clear mac ad

Pagina 1278 - LLDP RUN

Chapter 19: MAC Address Table382Setting the Aging TimerThe aging timer defines the length of time that inactive dynamic MAC addresses remain in the ta

Pagina 1279 - LLDP TIMER

AT-8100 Switch Command Line User’s Guide383Displaying the MAC Address TableTo view the aging time or the MAC address table, use the SHOW MAC ADDRESS-T

Pagina 1280 - LLDP TLV-SELECT

Chapter 19: MAC Address Table384This example displays the addresses learned on the ports in a VLAN with the VID 8:awplus# show mac address-table vlan

Pagina 1281

385Chapter 20MAC Address Table CommandsThe MAC address table commands are summarized in Table 36.Table 36. MAC Address Table CommandsCommand Mode Desc

Pagina 1282

Chapter 20: MAC Address Table Commands386CLEAR MAC ADDRESS-TABLESyntaxclear mac address-table dynamic|static [address macaddress]|[interface port]|[vl

Pagina 1283 - LLDP TRANSMIT RECEIVE

AT-8100 Switch Command Line User’s Guide387ExamplesThis example deletes all of the dynamic addresses from the table:awplus> enableawplus# clear mac

Pagina 1284 - LLDP TX-DELAY

Chapter 20: MAC Address Table Commands388MAC ADDRESS-TABLE AGEING-TIMESyntaxmac address-table ageing-time value|noneParameterageing-timeSpecifies the

Pagina 1285 - LOCATION CIVIC-LOCATION

AT-8100 Switch Command Line User’s Guide389This example disables the aging timer so that the switch does not delete inactive dynamic MAC addresses fro

Pagina 1286

AT-8100 Switch Command Line User’s Guide39Figure 231. SHOW RMON EVENT Command...

Pagina 1287

Chapter 20: MAC Address Table Commands390MAC ADDRESS-TABLE STATICSyntaxmac address-table static macaddress forward|discard interface port [vlan vlan-n

Pagina 1288 - LOCATION COORD-LOCATION

AT-8100 Switch Command Line User’s Guide391Confirmation Command“SHOW MAC ADDRESS-TABLE” on page 394ExamplesThis example adds the static MAC address 44

Pagina 1289

Chapter 20: MAC Address Table Commands392NO MAC ADDRESS-TABLE STATICSyntaxno mac address-table static macaddress forward|discard interface port [vlan

Pagina 1290

AT-8100 Switch Command Line User’s Guide393Confirmation Command“SHOW MAC ADDRESS-TABLE” on page 394ExamplesThis example deletes the MAC address 00:A0:

Pagina 1291 - LOCATION ELIN-LOCATION

Chapter 20: MAC Address Table Commands394SHOW MAC ADDRESS-TABLESyntaxshow mac address-table begin|exclude|include [interface port]|[vlan vid]Parameter

Pagina 1292 - NO LLDP MED-NOTIFICATIONS

AT-8100 Switch Command Line User’s Guide395An example of the table is shown in Figure 91.Figure 91. SHOW MAC ADDRESS-TABLE CommandThe Aging Interval f

Pagina 1293 - NO LLDP MED-TLV-SELECT

Chapter 20: MAC Address Table Commands396The Multicast Switch Forwarding Database contains the multicast addresses. The columns are defined in this ta

Pagina 1294

397Chapter 21Hardware Stacking “Overview” on page 398 “Configuring the Stack ID Number” on page 405 “Displaying the Switches of a Stack” on page 40

Pagina 1295 - NO LLDP NOTIFICATIONS

Chapter 21: Hardware Stacking398OverviewA stack is a group of two to eight 8100S Series switches that are linked together with the S1 and S2 stacking

Pagina 1296 - NO LLDP RUN

AT-8100 Switch Command Line User’s Guide399The second topology, the duplex-ring topology, is identical to the duplex-chain, except that the unused sta

Pagina 1298 - NO LLDP TRANSMIT RECEIVE

Figures40Figure 291. SHOW IP RIP INTERFACE Command ...

Pagina 1299 - NO LOCATION

Chapter 21: Hardware Stacking400Active BootConfigurationFileThe master switch stores the settings of the stack in a file in its file system. This file

Pagina 1300

AT-8100 Switch Command Line User’s Guide401Here is an example of how the process works. Assume your stack has three switches, assigned the ID numbers

Pagina 1301 - SHOW LLDP

Chapter 21: Hardware Stacking402This phase may take from just a few seconds to up to a minute, depending on the size of the stack, and the number and

Pagina 1302

AT-8100 Switch Command Line User’s Guide403CautionDesignating the new member as the new master switch causes the stack to lose its configuration unles

Pagina 1303 - SHOW LLDP INTERFACE

Chapter 21: Hardware Stacking404 You have to assign the switches unique stack ID numbers, in the range of 1 to 8, with the STACK command in the Globa

Pagina 1304

AT-8100 Switch Command Line User’s Guide405Configuring the Stack ID NumberTo set the stack ID number of a switch, use the STACK command in the Global

Pagina 1305

Chapter 21: Hardware Stacking406Displaying the Switches of a StackThe SHOW STACK command in the Privileged Exec mode displays the stack ID numbers and

Pagina 1306

AT-8100 Switch Command Line User’s Guide407Figure 94. SHOW STACK Command on an Active StackThe table in Figure 94 lists the switches in the stack. The

Pagina 1307 - SHOW LLDP NEIGHBORS DETAIL

Chapter 21: Hardware Stacking408Updating the Management SoftwareAllied Telesis may periodically release new versions of the management software for th

Pagina 1308

409Chapter 22Stacking CommandsThe stacking commands are summarized in Table 40.NoteFor instructions on how to create a stack of 8100S Switches, refer

Pagina 1309

41Table 1. Remote Software Tool Settings ...

Pagina 1310 -  Voice VLAN ID

Chapter 22: Stacking Commands410SHOW STACKSyntaxshow stackParametersNoneModePrivileged Exec modeDescriptionUse this command to display the stack ID nu

Pagina 1311

AT-8100 Switch Command Line User’s Guide411STACKSyntaxstack old_id renumber new_idParametersold_idSpecifies the current ID number of the switch. This

Pagina 1312 - SHOW LLDP NEIGHBORS INTERFACE

Chapter 22: Stacking Commands412This example assigns the stack ID number 0 to a switch that currently has the ID number 4:awplus> enableawplus# con

Pagina 1313

413Chapter 23Enhanced StackingThis chapter discusses the following topics: “Overview” on page 414 “Configuring the Command Switch” on page 417 “Con

Pagina 1314 - SHOW LLDP STATISTICS

Chapter 23: Enhanced Stacking414OverviewEnhanced stacking is a management tool that allows you to manage different AT-8100 Switches from one managemen

Pagina 1315

AT-8100 Switch Command Line User’s Guide415 A member switch can be any distance from the command switch, so long as the distance adheres to Ethernet

Pagina 1316

Chapter 23: Enhanced Stacking4162. On the switch chosen to be the command switch, activate enhanced stacking and change its stacking status to command

Pagina 1317

AT-8100 Switch Command Line User’s Guide417Configuring the Command SwitchHere is an example on how to configure the switch as the command switch of th

Pagina 1318 - SHOW LOCATION

Chapter 23: Enhanced Stacking4182. After creating the common VLAN on the switch, assign it the management IP address and default gateway:3. Use the ES

Pagina 1319

AT-8100 Switch Command Line User’s Guide419awplus# writeSave the configuration.

Pagina 1320

Tables42Table 50. Link Control Groups on Switch 3 in Example 7 ...

Pagina 1321 - Chapter 80

Chapter 23: Enhanced Stacking420Configuring a Member SwitchThis example shows you how to configure the switch as a member switch of an enhanced stack.

Pagina 1322

AT-8100 Switch Command Line User’s Guide4213. To save the configuration, enter the WRITE command in the Privileged Executive mode.4. Connect the switc

Pagina 1323 - Adding Static ARP Entries

Chapter 23: Enhanced Stacking422Managing the Member Switches of an Enhanced StackHere are the steps on how to manage the member switches of an enhance

Pagina 1324

AT-8100 Switch Command Line User’s Guide4236. When you are finished managing the member switch, enter the EXIT command from the User Exec mode or Priv

Pagina 1325 - Displaying the ARP Table

Chapter 23: Enhanced Stacking424Changing the Enhanced Stacking ModeIf you want to change the enhanced stacking mode of a switch from command to member

Pagina 1326

AT-8100 Switch Command Line User’s Guide4252. On the member switch, change its mode from member to command with the ESTACK COMMAND-SWITCH command.3. O

Pagina 1327

Chapter 23: Enhanced Stacking426Uploading Boot Configuration Files from the Command Switch to Member SwitchesYou may use the enhanced stacking feature

Pagina 1328

AT-8100 Switch Command Line User’s Guide427The second prompt is shown here:Enter the list of switches ->At the prompt, enter the enhanced stack num

Pagina 1329

Chapter 23: Enhanced Stacking428Here are the steps to perform on the command switch to upload the configuration file from its file system to the membe

Pagina 1330 - CLEAR ARP-CACHE

AT-8100 Switch Command Line User’s Guide429Here is another example of the feature. This example uploads a configuration file to a new switch in an enh

Pagina 1331 - NO ARP (IP ADDRESS)

AT-8100 Switch Command Line User’s Guide43Table 110. MAC Address-based Port Security Commands ...

Pagina 1332 - SHOW ARP

Chapter 23: Enhanced Stacking4303. Use the ESTACK RUN command in the Global Configuration mode to activate enhanced stacking on the switch. It is not

Pagina 1333

AT-8100 Switch Command Line User’s Guide4313. If the new member switch is to use BOOT.CFG as the name of its active boot configuration file, you compl

Pagina 1334

Chapter 23: Enhanced Stacking432awplus# show estack remotelistReconfirm the enhanced stacking ID number of the replacement member switch.awplus# confi

Pagina 1335 - Chapter 82

AT-8100 Switch Command Line User’s Guide433Uploading the Management Software from the Command Switch to Member SwitchesYou may use enhanced stacking t

Pagina 1336

Chapter 23: Enhanced Stacking434CautionA member switch stops forwarding network traffic after it receives the management software from the command swi

Pagina 1337 - RMON Port Statistics

AT-8100 Switch Command Line User’s Guide435Disabling Enhanced StackingThe command that disables enhanced stacking on a switch is the NO ESTACK RUN com

Pagina 1338 - Deleting Statistics

Chapter 23: Enhanced Stacking436

Pagina 1339 - RMON Histories

437Chapter 24Enhanced Stacking CommandsThe enhanced stacking commands are summarized in Table 41.Table 41. Enhanced Stacking CommandsCommand Mode Desc

Pagina 1340 - History Groups

Chapter 24: Enhanced Stacking Commands438“UPLOAD IMAGE REMOTELIST” on page 452Global ConfigurationUploads the management software on the command switc

Pagina 1341 - Deleting History

AT-8100 Switch Command Line User’s Guide439ESTACK COMMAND-SWITCHSyntaxestack command-switchParameterNoneModeGlobal Configuration modeDescription Use

Pagina 1342 - RMON Alarms

Tables44Table 170. IP ACCESS-LIST Commands for Creating Named IPv4 ACLs ...1541Table

Pagina 1343 - Statistics Groups

Chapter 24: Enhanced Stacking Commands440ESTACK RUNSyntaxestack runParameterNoneModeGlobal Configuration modeDescriptionUse this command to activate e

Pagina 1344

AT-8100 Switch Command Line User’s Guide441NO ESTACK COMMAND-SWITCHSyntaxno estack command-switchParameterNoneModeGlobal Configuration modeDescription

Pagina 1345 - Alarm - Example

Chapter 24: Enhanced Stacking Commands442NO ESTACK RUNSyntaxno estack runParameterNoneModeGlobal Configuration modeDescriptionUse this command to disa

Pagina 1346 - Enter_log_message

AT-8100 Switch Command Line User’s Guide443RCOMMANDSyntaxrcommand switch_idParametersswitch_idSpecifies the ID number of a member switch you want to m

Pagina 1347

Chapter 24: Enhanced Stacking Commands444REBOOT ESTACK MEMBERSyntaxreboot estack member id_number | allParametersid_numberSpecifies the enhanced stack

Pagina 1348 - Chapter 82: RMON

AT-8100 Switch Command Line User’s Guide445ExamplesThis example reboots a member switch that has the ID number 3:awplus> enableawplus# configure te

Pagina 1349 - Phase 4: Creating the Alarm

Chapter 24: Enhanced Stacking Commands446SHOW ESTACKSyntaxshow estackParametersNoneModePrivileged Exec modeDescriptionUse this command to display whet

Pagina 1350 - Use the SHOW RMON ALARM

AT-8100 Switch Command Line User’s Guide447ExampleThe following example displays whether enhanced stacking is enabled or disabled on the switch and wh

Pagina 1351 - RMON Commands

Chapter 24: Enhanced Stacking Commands448SHOW ESTACK COMMAND-SWITCHSyntaxshow estack command-switchParametersNoneModePrivileged Exec modeDescriptionUs

Pagina 1352 - Chapter 83: RMON Commands

AT-8100 Switch Command Line User’s Guide449SHOW ESTACK REMOTELISTSyntaxshow estack remotelist [name] [series]ParametersnameSorts the list of switches

Pagina 1353 - NO RMON ALARM

AT-8100 Switch Command Line User’s Guide45Table 230. Auto-QoS-MED Traffic Example ...

Pagina 1354 - NO RMON COLLECTION HISTORY

Chapter 24: Enhanced Stacking Commands450This example sorts the switches by host name:awplus> enableawplus# configure terminalawplus(config)# show

Pagina 1355 - NO RMON COLLECTION STATS

AT-8100 Switch Command Line User’s Guide451UPLOAD CONFIG REMOTELISTSyntaxupload config remotelistParametersNoneModeGlobal Configuration modeDescriptio

Pagina 1356 - NO RMON EVENT

Chapter 24: Enhanced Stacking Commands452UPLOAD IMAGE REMOTELISTSyntaxupload image remotelistParametersNoneModeGlobal Configuration modeDescriptionUse

Pagina 1357 - RMON ALARM

AT-8100 Switch Command Line User’s Guide453CautionThe member switches stop forwarding network traffic after they receive the management software from

Pagina 1358

Chapter 24: Enhanced Stacking Commands454

Pagina 1359

455Chapter 25Link-flap ProtectionThis chapter explains link-flap protection. The sections in this chapter include: “Overview” on page 456 “Guideline

Pagina 1360 - RMON COLLECTION HISTORY

Chapter 25: Link-flap Protection456OverviewA port that is unable to maintain a reliable connection to a network node may experience a condition referr

Pagina 1361

AT-8100 Switch Command Line User’s Guide457GuidelinesHere are the guidelines to link-flap protection: You can enable this feature on a per-port basis

Pagina 1362 - RMON COLLECTION STATS

Chapter 25: Link-flap Protection458Configuring the FeatureHere are the commands that are used to configure the link-flap protection feature. They conf

Pagina 1363 - RMON EVENT LOG

459Chapter 26Link-flap Protection CommandsThe link-flap protection commands are summarized in the following table:Table 43. Link-flap Protection Comma

Pagina 1365

Chapter 26: Link-flap Protection Commands460LINK-FLAP DURATIONSyntaxlink-flap duration <20 - 65535>ParametersdurationIndicates the time period t

Pagina 1366 - RMON EVENT TRAP

AT-8100 Switch Command Line User’s Guide461LINK-FLAP PROTECTIONSyntaxlink-flap protection portParameterportSpecifies a port for link-flap protection.

Pagina 1367

Chapter 26: Link-flap Protection Commands462LINK-FLAP RATESyntaxlink-flap rate <4 - 65535>ParametersrateSpecifies the number of link changes tha

Pagina 1368 - SHOW RMON ALARM

AT-8100 Switch Command Line User’s Guide463NO LINK-FLAP PROTECTIONSyntaxno link-flap protectionParametersNoneModePort Interface modeDescriptionUse thi

Pagina 1369

Chapter 26: Link-flap Protection Commands464SHOW LINK-FLAPSyntaxshow link-flapParametersNoneModeUser Exec and Privileged Exec modesDescriptionUse this

Pagina 1370 - SHOW RMON EVENT

465Chapter 27Port MirrorThis chapter discusses the following topics: “Overview” on page 466 “Creating the Port Mirror or Adding New Source Ports” on

Pagina 1371

Chapter 27: Port Mirror466OverviewThe port mirror is a management tool that allows you to monitor the traffic on one or more ports on the switch. It w

Pagina 1372 - SHOW RMON HISTORY

AT-8100 Switch Command Line User’s Guide467Creating the Port Mirror or Adding New Source PortsThe command to create the port mirror is the MIRROR INTE

Pagina 1373

Chapter 27: Port Mirror468Removing Source Ports or Deleting the Port MirrorTo remove source ports from the port mirror, enter the Port Interface mode

Pagina 1374 - SHOW RMON STATISTICS

AT-8100 Switch Command Line User’s Guide469Combining the Port Mirror with Access Control ListsYou may combine the port mirror with an access control l

Pagina 1375 - Management Security

47PrefaceThis is the command line management guide for the AT-8100 Series of Gigabit Ethernet Switches. The instructions in this guide explain how to

Pagina 1376

Chapter 27: Port Mirror470awplus(config)# interface port1.0.14,port1.0.15Enter the Port Interface modes for ports 14 and 15.awplus(config-if)# access-

Pagina 1377 - Local Manager Accounts

AT-8100 Switch Command Line User’s Guide471Displaying the Port MirrorTo display the port mirror, go to the Privileged Exec mode and enter the SHOW MIR

Pagina 1378

Chapter 27: Port Mirror472

Pagina 1379 - Encryption

473Chapter 28Port Mirror CommandsThe port mirror commands are summarized in Table 44.Table 44. Port Mirror CommandsCommand Mode Description“MIRROR” on

Pagina 1380

Chapter 28: Port Mirror Commands474MIRRORSyntaxmirrorParametersNoneModePort Interface modeDescriptionUse this command to designate the destination por

Pagina 1381

AT-8100 Switch Command Line User’s Guide475MIRROR INTERFACESyntaxmirror interface source_ports direction receive|transmit|bothParameterssource_portsSp

Pagina 1382

Chapter 28: Port Mirror Commands476ExampleThis example configures the port mirror to copy the ingress traffic on ports 3 and 4, the source ports, to p

Pagina 1383

AT-8100 Switch Command Line User’s Guide477NO MIRROR INTERFACESyntaxno mirror interface source_portsParameterssource_portsSpecifies a source port of t

Pagina 1384

Chapter 28: Port Mirror Commands478SHOW MIRRORSyntaxshow mirrorParametersNoneModesPrivileged Exec modeDescriptionUse this command to display the sourc

Pagina 1385

AT-8100 Switch Command Line User’s Guide479If you are using the port mirror with access control lists to copy subsets of ingress packets on source por

Pagina 1386

48Document ConventionsThis document uses the following conventions:NoteNotes provide additional information.CautionCautions inform you that performing

Pagina 1387 - Configuration

Chapter 28: Port Mirror Commands480

Pagina 1388

481Chapter 29DHCP Relay Overview “Overview” on page 482 “Configuring the DHCP Relay Agent” on page 486

Pagina 1389 - Chapter 85

Chapter 29: DHCP Relay Overview482OverviewThe switch has a DHCP relay agent to relay BOOTP messages between clients and DHCP or BOOTP servers. A clien

Pagina 1390 - ENABLE PASSWORD

AT-8100 Switch Command Line User’s Guide483A routing interface that receives a BOOTP reply from a server inspects the broadcast flag field in the pack

Pagina 1391

Chapter 29: DHCP Relay Overview484Client Requestswith Option 82The previous discussion deals with cases where DHCP requests do not already contain opt

Pagina 1392 - NO ENABLE PASSWORD

AT-8100 Switch Command Line User’s Guide485The possible actions are listed here: Leave the existing option-82 field untouched Append its own option-

Pagina 1393

Chapter 29: DHCP Relay Overview486Configuring the DHCP Relay AgentHere are the procedures to configuring the DHCP relay agent: “Adding the IP Address

Pagina 1394 - NO USERNAME

AT-8100 Switch Command Line User’s Guide487Adding DHCPRelay to theVLANsA VLAN has to have an IP address interface before you can add the DHCP relay ag

Pagina 1395 - SERVICE PASSWORD-ENCRYPTION

Chapter 29: DHCP Relay Overview488awplus> enableEnter the Privileged Exec mode from the User Executive mode.awplus# configure terminalEnter the Glo

Pagina 1396 - USERNAME

AT-8100 Switch Command Line User’s Guide489Configuring theDHCP RelayOption 82Table 46 lists the commands that configure DHCP relay option 82. The comm

Pagina 1397

AT-8100 Switch Command Line User’s Guide49Where to Find Web-based GuidesThe installation and user guides for all of the Allied Telesis products are av

Pagina 1398

Chapter 29: DHCP Relay Overview490Set the response of the DHCP relay agent to client packets containing option-82 information.IP DHCP-RELAY INFORMATIO

Pagina 1399 - Telnet Server

AT-8100 Switch Command Line User’s Guide491This example of the commands configures the DHCP agent to append its option 82 information to the BOOTP req

Pagina 1400

Chapter 29: DHCP Relay Overview492

Pagina 1401 - Enabling the Telnet Server

493Chapter 30DHCP Relay CommandsThe DHCP relay commands are summarized in Table 47.Table 47. DHCP Relay CommandsCommand Mode Description“IP DHCP-RELAY

Pagina 1402 - Disabling the Telnet Server

Chapter 30: DHCP Relay Commands494“NO IP DHCP-RELAY AGENT-OPTION CHECKING” on page 505Global ConfigurationConfigures the DHCP relay agent to forward D

Pagina 1403 - Displaying the Telnet Server

AT-8100 Switch Command Line User’s Guide495IP DHCP-RELAYSyntaxip dhcp-relayParametersNoneModeVLAN Configuration modeDescriptionUse this command to act

Pagina 1404 - Chapter 86: Telnet Server

Chapter 30: DHCP Relay Commands496IP DHCP-RELAY AGENT-OPTIONSyntaxip dhcp-relay agent-optionParametersNoneModeGlobal Configuration modeDescriptionUse

Pagina 1405 - Telnet Server Commands

AT-8100 Switch Command Line User’s Guide497IP DHCP-RELAY AGENT-OPTION CHECKINGSyntaxip dhcp-relay agent-option checkingParametersNoneModeGlobal Config

Pagina 1406 - NO SERVICE TELNET

Chapter 30: DHCP Relay Commands498IP DHCP-RELAY INFORMATION POLICYSyntaxip dhcp-relay information policy policy append|drop|keep|replaceParameterspoli

Pagina 1407 - SERVICE TELNET

AT-8100 Switch Command Line User’s Guide499ExamplesThis example selects the append policy so that the DHCP relay agent adds its option 82 details to t

Pagina 1408 - SHOW TELNET

5Document Conventions... 48

Pagina 1409 - Telnet Client

50Contacting Allied TelesisIf you need assistance with this product, you may contact Allied Telesis technical support by going to the Support & Se

Pagina 1410

Chapter 30: DHCP Relay Commands500IP DHCP-RELAY MAX-MESSAGE-LENGTHSyntaxip dhcp-relay max-message-length lengthParameterslengthSpecifies the maximum l

Pagina 1411

AT-8100 Switch Command Line User’s Guide501IP DHCP-RELAY MAXHOPSSyntaxip dhcp-relay maxhops maxhopsParametersmaxhopsSpecifies the maximum hop count fo

Pagina 1412 - Chapter 88: Telnet Client

Chapter 30: DHCP Relay Commands502IP DHCP-RELAY SERVER-ADDRESSSyntaxip dhcp-relay server-address ipaddressParametersipaddressSpecifies the IP address

Pagina 1413 - Telnet Client Commands

AT-8100 Switch Command Line User’s Guide503NO IP DHCP-RELAYSyntaxno ip dhcp-relayParametersNoneModeVLAN Configuration modeDescriptionUse this command

Pagina 1414

Chapter 30: DHCP Relay Commands504NO IP DHCP-RELAY AGENT-OPTIONSyntaxno ip dhcp-relay agent-optionParametersNoneModeGlobal Configuration modeDescripti

Pagina 1415 - TELNET IPV6

AT-8100 Switch Command Line User’s Guide505NO IP DHCP-RELAY AGENT-OPTION CHECKINGSyntaxno ip dhcp-relay agent-option checkingParametersNoneModeGlobal

Pagina 1416

Chapter 30: DHCP Relay Commands506NO IP DHCP-RELAY SERVER-ADDRESSSyntaxno ip dhcp-relay server-address ipaddressParametersipaddressSpecifies the IP ad

Pagina 1417 - Secure Shell (SSH) Server

AT-8100 Switch Command Line User’s Guide507NO SERVICE DHCP-RELAYSyntaxno service dhcp-relayParametersNoneModeGlobal Configuration modeDescriptionUse t

Pagina 1418

Chapter 30: DHCP Relay Commands508SERVICE DHCP-RELAYSyntaxservice dhcp-relayParametersNoneModeGlobal Configuration modeDescriptionUse this command to

Pagina 1419 - Support for SSH

AT-8100 Switch Command Line User’s Guide509SHOW IP DHCP-RELAYSyntaxshow ip dhcp-relay [interface vlanid]ParametersvlanidSpecifies a VLAN ID number, su

Pagina 1420

51Section IGetting StartedThis section contains the following chapters: Chapter 1, “AlliedWare Plus Command Line Interface” on page 53 Chapter 2, “S

Pagina 1421 - SSH and Enhanced Stacking

Chapter 30: DHCP Relay Commands510The INTERFACE option may be used to determine the status of the agent on the VLANs. The status is either is enabled

Pagina 1422

511Chapter 31Group Link ControlThis chapter provides the following sections: “Overview” on page 512 “Guidelines” on page 520 “Configuration Example

Pagina 1423

Chapter 31: Group Link Control512OverviewGroup link control is designed to improve the effectiveness of the redundant systems in a network. It enables

Pagina 1424 - Enabling the SSH Server

AT-8100 Switch Command Line User’s Guide513In the first diagram a server with two teamed network adapter cards is connected to different switches, wit

Pagina 1425 - Disabling the SSH Server

Chapter 31: Group Link Control514Figure 108. Group Link Control Example 2With group link control you can address this problem by creating on switch 3

Pagina 1426 - Deleting Encryption Keys

AT-8100 Switch Command Line User’s Guide515Figure 109. Group Link Control Example 3When a link on an upstream port is reestablished, the switch automa

Pagina 1427 - Displaying the SSH Server

Chapter 31: Group Link Control516Figure 110. Group Link Control Example 4If connectivity is lost on both ports 17 and 20, the downstream ports 24 and

Pagina 1428

AT-8100 Switch Command Line User’s Guide517approach is to create groups in which the ports are connected to the same network node. This is useful in n

Pagina 1429 - SSH Server Commands

Chapter 31: Group Link Control518Only one group has to be true for the switch to shut down the ports of the trunk. If, for instance, port 8 loses conn

Pagina 1430 - CRYPTO KEY DESTROY HOSTKEY

AT-8100 Switch Command Line User’s Guide519Table 50. Link Control Groups on Switch 3 in Example 7Link Control GroupUpstream PortsDownstream Ports1 7,

Pagina 1432 - CRYPTO KEY GENERATE HOSTKEY

Chapter 31: Group Link Control520GuidelinesHere are the guidelines to group link control: The switch or stack can support up to eight groups. A grou

Pagina 1433

AT-8100 Switch Command Line User’s Guide521Configuration ExamplesTable 51 lists the group link control commands.Here are a few examples on how to conf

Pagina 1434 - NO SERVICE SSH

Chapter 31: Group Link Control522This example creates the three groups in Table 49 on page 517, for a static or LACP trunk. Each port is an upstream p

Pagina 1435 - SERVICE SSH

AT-8100 Switch Command Line User’s Guide523awplus# show group-link-controlDisplay the groups to verify their configurations.ID ...

Pagina 1436 - SHOW CRYPTO KEY HOSTKEY

Chapter 31: Group Link Control524

Pagina 1437 - SHOW SSH SERVER

525Chapter 32Group Link Control CommandsThe group link control commands are summarized in the following table and described in detail within the chapt

Pagina 1438

Chapter 32: Group Link Control Commands526GROUP-LINK-CONTROLSyntaxgroup-link-control group_idParametergroup_idSpecifies the ID number of a new group.

Pagina 1439 - Chapter 92

AT-8100 Switch Command Line User’s Guide527GROUP-LINK-CONTROL DOWNSTREAMSyntaxgroup-link-control downstream group_idParametergroup_idSpecifies a group

Pagina 1440

Chapter 32: Group Link Control Commands528This example adds ports 15 and 16 as downstream ports to group ID 3:awplus> enableawplus# configure termi

Pagina 1441

AT-8100 Switch Command Line User’s Guide529GROUP-LINK-CONTROL UPSTREAMSyntaxgroup-link-control upstream group_idParametergroup_idSpecifies a group ID

Pagina 1442

53Chapter 1AlliedWare Plus Command Line InterfaceThis chapter has the following sections: “Management Sessions” on page 54 “Management Interfaces” o

Pagina 1443

Chapter 32: Group Link Control Commands530NO GROUP-LINK-CONTROLSyntaxno group-link-control group_idParametersgroup_idSpecifies the ID number of the gr

Pagina 1444 - HTTP server enabled. Port 80

AT-8100 Switch Command Line User’s Guide531NO GROUP-LINK-CONTROL DOWNSTREAMSyntaxno group-link-control group downstream group_idParametergroup_idSpeci

Pagina 1445

Chapter 32: Group Link Control Commands532NO GROUP-LINK-CONTROL UPSTREAMSyntaxno group-link-control upstream group_idParametergroup_idSpecifies a grou

Pagina 1446 - SERVICE HTTP

AT-8100 Switch Command Line User’s Guide533SHOW GROUP-LINK-CONTROLSyntaxshow group-link-control [group_id]Parametersgroup_idSpecifies a group ID numbe

Pagina 1447 - IP HTTP PORT

Chapter 32: Group Link Control Commands534ExamplesThis example displays all of the groups on the switch:awplus> enableawplus# show group-link-contr

Pagina 1448 - NO SERVICE HTTP

535Chapter 33Multicast CommandsThe multicast commands are summarized in Table 54.Table 54. Multicast CommandsCommand Mode Description“NO SWITCHPORT BL

Pagina 1449 - SHOW IP HTTP

Chapter 33: Multicast Commands536NO SWITCHPORT BLOCK EGRESS-MULTICASTSyntaxno switchport block egress-multicastParametersNoneModePort Interface modeDe

Pagina 1450

AT-8100 Switch Command Line User’s Guide537NO SWITCHPORT BLOCK INGRESS-MULTICASTSyntaxno switchport block ingress-multicastParametersNoneModePort Inte

Pagina 1451 - Chapter 94

Chapter 33: Multicast Commands538SWITCHPORT BLOCK EGRESS-MULTICASTSyntaxswitchport block egress-multicastParametersNoneModePort Interface modeDescript

Pagina 1452

AT-8100 Switch Command Line User’s Guide539SWITCHPORT BLOCK INGRESS-MULTICASTSyntaxswitchport block ingress-multicastParametersNoneModePort Interface

Pagina 1453 - Distinguished

Chapter 1: AlliedWare Plus Command Line Interface54Management SessionsYou can manage the switch locally or remotely. Local management is conducted thr

Pagina 1454

Chapter 33: Multicast Commands540

Pagina 1455 - generate

541Section IIIFile SystemThis section contains the following chapters: Chapter 34, “File System” on page 543 Chapter 35, “File System Commands” on p

Pagina 1457

543Chapter 34File SystemThis chapter discusses the following topics: “Overview” on page 544 “Copying Boot Configuration Files” on page 545 “Renamin

Pagina 1458

Chapter 34: File System544OverviewThe file system in the switch stores the following types of files: Boot configuration files Encryption key pairsTh

Pagina 1459

AT-8100 Switch Command Line User’s Guide545Copying Boot Configuration FilesMaintaining a history of the configuration settings of the switch can prove

Pagina 1460

Chapter 34: File System546Renaming Boot Configuration FilesTo rename boot configuration files in the file system, use the MOVE command, found in the P

Pagina 1461

AT-8100 Switch Command Line User’s Guide547Deleting Boot Configuration FilesIf the file system becomes cluttered with unnecessary configuration files,

Pagina 1462

Chapter 34: File System548Displaying the Specifications of the File SystemThe User Exec mode and the Privileged Exec mode have a command that lets you

Pagina 1463

AT-8100 Switch Command Line User’s Guide549Listing the Files in the File SystemTo view the names of the files in the file system of the switch, use th

Pagina 1464

AT-8100 Switch Command Line User’s Guide55To support remote management, the switch must have a management IP address. For instructions on how to assig

Pagina 1465

Chapter 34: File System550

Pagina 1466 - CRYPTO CERTIFICATE DESTROY

551Chapter 35File System CommandsThe file system commands are summarized in Table 56.Table 56. File System CommandsCommand Mode Description“COPY” on p

Pagina 1467 - CRYPTO CERTIFICATE GENERATE

Chapter 35: File System Commands552COPYSyntaxcopy sourcefile.cfg destinationfile.cfgParameterssourcefile.cfgSpecifies the name of the boot configurati

Pagina 1468

AT-8100 Switch Command Line User’s Guide553DELETESyntaxdelete filename.cfgParameterfilename.cfgSpecifies the name of the boot configuration file to be

Pagina 1469

Chapter 35: File System Commands554DELETE FORCESyntaxdelete force filename.extParameterfilename.extSpecifies the name of the boot configuration file t

Pagina 1470 - CRYPTO CERTIFICATE IMPORT

AT-8100 Switch Command Line User’s Guide555DIRSyntaxdirParameterNoneModePrivileged Exec modeDescriptionUse this command to list the names of the files

Pagina 1471 - CRYPTO CERTIFICATE REQUEST

Chapter 35: File System Commands556MOVESyntaxmove filename1.cfg filename2.cfgParametersfilename1.cfgSpecifies the name of the boot configuration file

Pagina 1472

AT-8100 Switch Command Line User’s Guide557SHOW FILE SYSTEMSSyntaxshow file systemsParameterNoneModePrivileged Exec modeDescriptionUse this command to

Pagina 1473 - SERVICE HTTPS

Chapter 35: File System Commands558ExampleThe following example displays the specifications of the file system:awplus# show file systemsLcl/Ntwk Wheth

Pagina 1474 - IP HTTPS CERTIFICATE

559Chapter 36Boot Configuration FilesThis chapter discusses the following topics: “Overview” on page 560 “Specifying the Active Boot Configuration F

Pagina 1475 - NO SERVICE HTTPS

Chapter 1: AlliedWare Plus Command Line Interface56The switch supports the following MIBs for SNMP management: atistackinfo.mib atiEdgeSwtich.mib R

Pagina 1476 - SHOW CRYPTO CERTIFICATE

Chapter 36: Boot Configuration Files560OverviewThe changes that you make to the parameters settings of the switch are saved as a series of commands in

Pagina 1477 - SHOW IP HTTPS

AT-8100 Switch Command Line User’s Guide561Specifying the Active Boot Configuration FileTo create or designate a new active boot configuration file fo

Pagina 1478

Chapter 36: Boot Configuration Files562Here are a couple examples of the command. The first example creates a new active boot configuration file calle

Pagina 1479 - RADIUS and TACACS+ Clients

AT-8100 Switch Command Line User’s Guide563Creating a New Boot Configuration FileIt is a good idea to periodically make copies of the current configur

Pagina 1480

Chapter 36: Boot Configuration Files564Displaying the Active Boot Configuration FileTo display the name of the active boot configuration file on the s

Pagina 1481 - Remote Manager Accounts

565Chapter 37Boot Configuration File CommandsThe boot configuration file commands are summarized in Table 58 and described in detail within the chapte

Pagina 1482

Chapter 37: Boot Configuration File Commands566BOOT CONFIG-FILESyntaxboot config-file filename.cfgParameterfilenameSpecifies the name of a boot config

Pagina 1483

AT-8100 Switch Command Line User’s Guide567Confirmation Command“SHOW BOOT” on page 572.ExamplesThis example designates a file called “region2asw.cfg”

Pagina 1484 - Managing the RADIUS Client

Chapter 37: Boot Configuration File Commands568COPY RUNNING-CONFIGSyntaxcopy running-config filename.cfgParameterfilenameSpecifies a name for a new bo

Pagina 1485 - Server Timeout

AT-8100 Switch Command Line User’s Guide569COPY RUNNING-CONFIG STARTUP-CONFIGSyntaxcopy running-config startup-configParametersNoneModePrivileged Exec

Pagina 1486

AT-8100 Switch Command Line User’s Guide57Management InterfacesThe switch has two management interfaces: AlliedWare Plus command line Web browser wi

Pagina 1487 - RADIUS Client

Chapter 37: Boot Configuration File Commands570ERASE STARTUP-CONFIGSyntaxerase startup-configParametersNoneModePrivileged Exec modeDescriptionUse this

Pagina 1488 - Managing the TACACS+ Client

AT-8100 Switch Command Line User’s Guide571NO BOOT CONFIG-FILESyntaxno boot config-fileParameterNoneModeGlobal Configuration modeDescriptionUse this c

Pagina 1489

Chapter 37: Boot Configuration File Commands572SHOW BOOTSyntaxshow bootParameterNoneModePrivileged Exec modeDescriptionUse this command to display the

Pagina 1490

AT-8100 Switch Command Line User’s Guide573ExampleThis command displays the name of the active boot configuration file and the version numbers of the

Pagina 1491

Chapter 37: Boot Configuration File Commands574SHOW STARTUP-CONFIGSyntaxshow startup-configParametersNoneModePrivileged Exec modeDescriptionUse this c

Pagina 1492

AT-8100 Switch Command Line User’s Guide575WRITESyntaxwriteParametersNoneModePrivileged Exec modeDescriptionUse this command to update the active boot

Pagina 1493

Chapter 37: Boot Configuration File Commands576

Pagina 1494

577Chapter 38File TransferThis chapter discusses the following topics: “Overview” on page 578 “Uploading or Downloading Files with TFTP” on page 579

Pagina 1495 - RADIUS and TACACS+ Client

Chapter 38: File Transfer578OverviewThis chapter discusses how to download files onto the switch and upload files onto the switch. You can download th

Pagina 1496

AT-8100 Switch Command Line User’s Guide579Uploading or Downloading Files with TFTP “Downloading New Management Software with TFTP” next “Downloadin

Pagina 1497 - AAA ACCOUNTING LOGIN

Chapter 1: AlliedWare Plus Command Line Interface58Local Manager AccountYou must log on to manage the switch. This requires a valid user name and pass

Pagina 1498 - Confirmation Commands

Chapter 38: File Transfer580The IPADDRESS parameter is the IP address of the TFTP server, and the FILENAME parameter is the name of the new management

Pagina 1499 - tacacs [

AT-8100 Switch Command Line User’s Guide581In this example of the command, the IP address of the TFTP server is 152.34.67.8, and the filename of the b

Pagina 1500

Chapter 38: File Transfer582To upload a file from the file system of the switch using TFTP:1. Start a local or remote management session on the switch

Pagina 1501 - AAA AUTHENTICATION LOGIN

AT-8100 Switch Command Line User’s Guide583Uploading or Downloading Files with Zmodem “Downloading Files to the Switch with Zmodem” next “Uploading

Pagina 1502

Chapter 38: File Transfer5847. At this point, do one of the following: To configure the switch using the settings in the newly designated active boot

Pagina 1503 - IP RADIUS SOURCE-INTERFACE

AT-8100 Switch Command Line User’s Guide585After you enter the command, the switch displays this message:Waiting to send ...4. Use your terminal or te

Pagina 1504

Chapter 38: File Transfer586Downloading Files with Enhanced StackingIf you are using the enhanced stacking feature, you can automate the process of up

Pagina 1505 - LOGIN AUTHENTICATION

AT-8100 Switch Command Line User’s Guide5874. Enter the ID numbers of the switches to receive the management software from the command switch. The ID

Pagina 1506

Chapter 38: File Transfer588

Pagina 1507 - NO LOGIN AUTHENTICATION

589Chapter 39File Transfer CommandsThe file transfer commands are summarized in Table 60 and described in detail within the chapter.Table 60. File Tra

Pagina 1508 - NO RADIUS-SERVER HOST

AT-8100 Switch Command Line User’s Guide59AlliedWare Plus Command ModesThe AlliedWare Plus command line interface consists of a series of modes that a

Pagina 1509 - NO TACACS-SERVER HOST

Chapter 39: File Transfer Commands590COPY FILENAME ZMODEMSyntax:copy filename.cfg zmodemParametersfilenameSpecifies the filename of a configuration fi

Pagina 1510 - RADIUS-SERVER HOST

AT-8100 Switch Command Line User’s Guide591COPY FLASH TFTPSyntaxcopy flash tftp ipaddress filenameParametersipaddressSpecifies the IP address of a TFT

Pagina 1511

Chapter 39: File Transfer Commands592COPY TFTP FLASHSyntaxcopy tftp flash ipaddress filenameParametersipaddressSpecifies the IP address of a TFTP serv

Pagina 1512 - RADIUS-SERVER KEY

AT-8100 Switch Command Line User’s Guide593ExamplesThis example downloads the new management software file “at8100_app.img” to the switch from a TFTP

Pagina 1513 - RADIUS-SERVER TIMEOUT

Chapter 39: File Transfer Commands594COPY ZMODEMSyntaxcopy zmodemParametersNoneModePrivileged Exec modeDescriptionUse this command together with a Zmo

Pagina 1514 - SHOW RADIUS

AT-8100 Switch Command Line User’s Guide595UPLOAD IMAGE REMOTELISTSyntaxupload image remotelistParametersNoneModeGlobal Configuration modeDescriptionU

Pagina 1515 - Parameter Description

Chapter 39: File Transfer Commands596

Pagina 1516 - SHOW TACACS

597Section IVSnoopingThis section contains the following chapters: Chapter 40, “Internet Group Management Protocol (IGMP) Snooping” on page 599 Chap

Pagina 1518 - TACACS-SERVER HOST

599Chapter 40Internet Group Management Protocol (IGMP) SnoopingThis chapter discusses the following topics: “Overview” on page 600 “Host Node Topolo

Pagina 1519 - TACACS-SERVER KEY

Contents6Changing the Login Password ...81As

Pagina 1520 - TACACS-SERVER TIMEOUT

Chapter 1: AlliedWare Plus Command Line Interface60NoteBy default, the mode prompts are prefixed with the “awplus” string. To change this string, use

Pagina 1521 - Quality of Service

Chapter 40: Internet Group Management Protocol (IGMP) Snooping600OverviewIGMP snooping allows the switch to control the flow of multicast packets from

Pagina 1522

AT-8100 Switch Command Line User’s Guide601improves switch performance and network security by restricting the flow of multicast packets to only those

Pagina 1523 - Chapter 98

Chapter 40: Internet Group Management Protocol (IGMP) Snooping602Host Node TopologyThe switch has a host node topology setting. You use this setting t

Pagina 1524

AT-8100 Switch Command Line User’s Guide603Enabling IGMP SnoopingThe command to enable IGMP Snooping on the switch is the IP IGMP SNOOPING command in

Pagina 1525

Chapter 40: Internet Group Management Protocol (IGMP) Snooping604Configuring the IGMP Snooping CommandsThis table lists the IGMP Snooping commands wit

Pagina 1526

AT-8100 Switch Command Line User’s Guide605This example limits the switch to two multicast groups and specifies that there is only one host node per p

Pagina 1527 - Creating ACLs

Chapter 40: Internet Group Management Protocol (IGMP) Snooping606Disabling IGMP SnoopingThe command to disable IGMP Snooping on the switch is the NO I

Pagina 1528

AT-8100 Switch Command Line User’s Guide607Displaying IGMP SnoopingTo display the settings of IGMP Snooping and its status, use the SHOW IP IGMP SNOOP

Pagina 1529

Chapter 40: Internet Group Management Protocol (IGMP) Snooping608

Pagina 1530

609Chapter 41IGMP Snooping CommandsThe IGMP snooping commands are summarized in Table 62 and are described in detail within the chapter.Table 62. Inte

Pagina 1531

AT-8100 Switch Command Line User’s Guide61Console Line mode awplus (config-line)#  Sets the session timer for local management sessions. Activates a

Pagina 1532

Chapter 41: IGMP Snooping Commands610CLEAR IP IGMPSyntaxclear ip igmpParametersNoneModePrivileged Exec modeDescriptionUse this command to clear all IG

Pagina 1533

AT-8100 Switch Command Line User’s Guide611IP IGMP LIMITSyntaxip igmp limit multicastgroupsParametermulticastgroupsSpecifies the maximum number of mul

Pagina 1534

Chapter 41: IGMP Snooping Commands612IP IGMP QUERIER-TIMEOUTSyntaxip igmp querier-timeout timeoutParameterstimeoutSpecifies the time period in seconds

Pagina 1535

AT-8100 Switch Command Line User’s Guide613IP IGMP SNOOPINGSyntaxip igmp snoopingParametersNoneModeGlobal Configuration modeDescriptionUse this comman

Pagina 1536

Chapter 41: IGMP Snooping Commands614IP IGMP SNOOPING FLOOD-UNKNOWN-MCASTSyntaxip igmp snooping flood-unknown-mcastParameterNoneModeGlobal Configurati

Pagina 1537

AT-8100 Switch Command Line User’s Guide615awplus> enableawplus# configure terminalawplus(config)# ip igmp snoopingawplus(config)# ip igmp snooping

Pagina 1538

Chapter 41: IGMP Snooping Commands616IP IGMP SNOOPING MROUTERSyntaxip igmp snooping mrouter interface portParameterportSpecifies a port connected to a

Pagina 1539 - Numbered MAC

AT-8100 Switch Command Line User’s Guide617IP IGMP STATUSSyntaxip igmp status single | multipleParameterssingleActivates the single-host per port sett

Pagina 1540

Chapter 41: IGMP Snooping Commands618NO IP IGMP SNOOPINGSyntaxno ip igmp snoopingParametersNoneModeGlobal Configuration modeDescriptionUse this comman

Pagina 1541 - IPv4 Address

AT-8100 Switch Command Line User’s Guide619NO IP IGMP SNOOPING MROUTERSyntaxno ip igmp snooping mrouter interface portParameterportSpecifies a multica

Pagina 1542

Chapter 1: AlliedWare Plus Command Line Interface62Moving Down the HierarchyTo move down the mode hierarchy, you have to step through each mode in seq

Pagina 1543 - IPv6 Address

Chapter 41: IGMP Snooping Commands620SHOW IP IGMP SNOOPINGSyntaxshow ip igmp snoopingParametersNoneModePrivileged Exec modeDescriptionUse this command

Pagina 1544

AT-8100 Switch Command Line User’s Guide621The information the command displays is explained in Table 63.Table 63. SHOW IP IGMP SNOOPING CommandParame

Pagina 1545 - Assigning ACLs to Ports

Chapter 41: IGMP Snooping Commands622ExampleThe following example displays the IGMP snooping parameters:awplus# show ip igmp snoopingPort/Trunk ID The

Pagina 1546 - Address ACLs to

623Chapter 42IGMP Snooping QuerierThis chapter covers the following topics: “Overview” on page 624 “Guidelines” on page 628 “Configuring the Featur

Pagina 1547 - IPv4 ACLs

Chapter 42: IGMP Snooping Querier624OverviewMulticast routers are an essential part of IP multicasting. They send out queries to the network nodes to

Pagina 1548 - IPv6 ACLs

AT-8100 Switch Command Line User’s Guide625Figure 122. IGMP Snooping Querier with One QuerierTable 64 lists the switch settings that are illustrated i

Pagina 1549 - Removing ACLs from Ports

Chapter 42: IGMP Snooping Querier626network with IGMP snooping enabled and IGMP querier disabled determines the standby querier and then the second st

Pagina 1550 - Removing Named

AT-8100 Switch Command Line User’s Guide6272 149.123.48.3 Enabled Disabled None3 149.123.48.4 Enabled Enabled StandbyTable 65. IGMP Snooping Querier w

Pagina 1551

Chapter 42: IGMP Snooping Querier628GuidelinesThe guidelines for IGMP snooping querier are listed here: The network can have only one LAN. The netwo

Pagina 1552 - Deleting ACLs from the Switch

AT-8100 Switch Command Line User’s Guide629Configuring the FeatureThis section lists the IGMP snooping querier commands and describes how to configure

Pagina 1553

AT-8100 Switch Command Line User’s Guide63LINE CONSOLE0 CommandYou use this command to move from the Global Configuration mode to the Console Line mod

Pagina 1554

Chapter 42: IGMP Snooping Querier630ConfiguringMultiple QueriersThis example configures two queriers in a LAN that consists of three switches as shown

Pagina 1555 - Setting ACL Time Ranges

AT-8100 Switch Command Line User’s Guide631Log on to switch 2.awplus> enableEnter the Privileged Executive mode from the User Executive mode of swi

Pagina 1556

Chapter 42: IGMP Snooping Querier632

Pagina 1557 - Displaying the ACLs

633Chapter 43IGMP Snooping Querier CommandsThe IGMP snooping querier commands are summarized in Table 69.Table 69. IGMP Snooping Querier CommandsComma

Pagina 1558

Chapter 43: IGMP Snooping Querier Commands634IP IGMP QUERY-INTERVALSyntaxip igmp query-interval intervalParameterintervalSpecifies the time interval,

Pagina 1559

AT-8100 Switch Command Line User’s Guide635IP IGMP SNOOPING QUERIERSyntaxip igmp snooping querierParametersNoneModeVLAN Interface modeDescriptionUse t

Pagina 1560

Chapter 43: IGMP Snooping Querier Commands636NO IP IGMP SNOOPING QUERIERSyntaxno ip igmp snooping querierParametersNoneModeVLAN Interface modeDescript

Pagina 1561 - ACL Commands

AT-8100 Switch Command Line User’s Guide637SHOW IP IGMP INTERFACESyntaxshow ip igmp interface vlanidParametersvlanidSpecifies a VLAN ID, for example,

Pagina 1562 - Chapter 99: ACL Commands

Chapter 43: IGMP Snooping Querier Commands638ExampleThis example displays the status of IGMP snooping querier on the Default VLAN, which has the ID nu

Pagina 1563

639Chapter 44DHCP Snooping CommandsThe DHCP commands are summarized in Table 71 and are described in detail within the chapter.Table 71. DHCP Commands

Pagina 1564 - ABSOLUTE START

Chapter 1: AlliedWare Plus Command Line Interface64This example adds to a traffic class a flow group with the ID number 1:Figure 8. CLASS CommandINTER

Pagina 1565

Chapter 44: DHCP Snooping Commands640“IP DHCP SNOOPING MAX-BINDINGS” on page 655Port Interface modeSets the maximum number of DHCP lease entries that

Pagina 1566 - ACCESS-CLASS

AT-8100 Switch Command Line User’s Guide641ARP SECURITYSyntaxarp security ParametersNoneModePort Interface modeDescriptionUse this command to enable A

Pagina 1567

Chapter 44: DHCP Snooping Commands642ARP SECURITY VIOLATIONSyntaxarp security violation link-down|log|trapParametersviolationSpecifies one of the foll

Pagina 1568 - ACCESS-GROUP

AT-8100 Switch Command Line User’s Guide643ExampleThis example generates a log message if port 17 experiences an ARP security violation:awplus> ena

Pagina 1569

Chapter 44: DHCP Snooping Commands644CLEAR ARP SECURITY STATISTICSSyntaxclear arp security statistics interface port-listParametersinterfaceSpecifies

Pagina 1570 - ACCESS-LIST (MAC Address)

AT-8100 Switch Command Line User’s Guide645CLEAR IP DHCP SNOOPING BINDINGSyntaxclear ip dhcp snooping binding ipaddr interface <port-list> vlan

Pagina 1571

Chapter 44: DHCP Snooping Commands646ExampleThis example removes all of the dynamic lease entries from the DHCP snooping database for a client with an

Pagina 1572

AT-8100 Switch Command Line User’s Guide647CLEAR IP DHCP SNOOPING STATISTICSSyntaxclear dhcp snooping statistics interface port-listParametersinterfac

Pagina 1573 - ACCESS-LIST ICMP

Chapter 44: DHCP Snooping Commands648IP DHCP SNOOPINGSyntaxip dhcp snoopingParametersNoneModeGlobal Configuration modeDescriptionUse this command to e

Pagina 1574

AT-8100 Switch Command Line User’s Guide649IP DHCP SNOOPING AGENT-OPTIONSyntaxip dhcp snooping agent-optionParametersNoneModeGlobal Configuration mode

Pagina 1575

AT-8100 Switch Command Line User’s Guide65Figure 12. INTERFACE PORT Command - Moving Between Port Interface ModesINTERFACECommand -Static Port TrunkYo

Pagina 1576 - ACCESS-LIST IP

Chapter 44: DHCP Snooping Commands650IP DHCP SNOOPING AGENT-OPTION ALLOW-UNTRUSTEDSyntaxip dhcp snooping agent-option allow-untrusted ParametersNoneMo

Pagina 1577

AT-8100 Switch Command Line User’s Guide651IP DHCP SNOOPING BINDINGSyntaxip dhcp snooping binding ipaddr macaddr (vlan vid) (interface port) (expiry e

Pagina 1578

Chapter 44: DHCP Snooping Commands652Use the no version of the command, the NO IP DHCP SNOOPING BINDING command, to restore the delete a dynamic entry

Pagina 1579

AT-8100 Switch Command Line User’s Guide653IP DHCP SNOOPING DELETE-BY-CLIENTSyntaxip dhcp snooping delete-by-client ParametersNoneModeGlobal Configura

Pagina 1580 - ACCESS-LIST PROTO

Chapter 44: DHCP Snooping Commands654IP DHCP SNOOPING DELETE-BY-LINKDOWNSyntaxip dhcp snooping delete-by-linkdown ParametersNoneModeGlobal Configurati

Pagina 1581

AT-8100 Switch Command Line User’s Guide655IP DHCP SNOOPING MAX-BINDINGSSyntaxip dhcp snooping max-bindings <0 - 520>Parametersmax-bindingsSpeci

Pagina 1582

Chapter 44: DHCP Snooping Commands656ExampleThis example sets the maximum number of bindings that can be stored in the DHCP snooping database to 10 pe

Pagina 1583

AT-8100 Switch Command Line User’s Guide657IP DHCP SNOOPING SUBSCRIBER-IDSyntaxip dhcp snooping subscriber-id <sub-id>Parameterssub-idSpecifies

Pagina 1584

Chapter 44: DHCP Snooping Commands658ExamplesThis example assigns port 3 a subscriber ID of “room_534:”awplus> enableawplus# configure terminalawpl

Pagina 1585 - ACCESS-LIST TCP

AT-8100 Switch Command Line User’s Guide659IP DHCP SNOOPING TRUSTSyntaxip dhcp snooping trustParametersNoneModePort Interface modeDescriptionUse this

Pagina 1586

Chapter 1: AlliedWare Plus Command Line Interface66Figure 15. VLAN DATABASE CommandLOCATIONCIVIC-LOCATIONCommandYou use this command to move from the

Pagina 1587

Chapter 44: DHCP Snooping Commands660IP DHCP VERIFY MAC-ADDRESSSyntaxip dhcp verify mac-address ParametersNoneModeGlobal Configuration modeDescription

Pagina 1588

AT-8100 Switch Command Line User’s Guide661This example disables MAC address verification on the switch:awplus> enableawplus# configure terminalawp

Pagina 1589 - ACCESS-LIST UDP

Chapter 44: DHCP Snooping Commands662IP DHCP SNOOPING VIOLATIONSyntaxip dhcp snooping violation log|trap|link-downParameterslogGenerates a log message

Pagina 1590

AT-8100 Switch Command Line User’s Guide663Confirmation Command“NO LOG BUFFERED” on page 699“SNMP-SERVER ENABLE TRAP” on page 1172.ExampleThis example

Pagina 1591

Chapter 44: DHCP Snooping Commands664IP SOURCE BINDINGSyntaxip source binding <ipaddr> <macaddr> vlan <vid> interface <port>Pa

Pagina 1592

AT-8100 Switch Command Line User’s Guide665ExamplesThis example adds a static entry to the DHCP snooping database for a client with the IP address of

Pagina 1593 - IP ACCESS-LIST

Chapter 44: DHCP Snooping Commands666SERVICE DHCP SNOOPINGSyntaxservice dhcp snooping ParametersNoneModeGlobal Configuration modeDescriptionUse this c

Pagina 1594 - IP ACCESS-LIST (ICMP)

AT-8100 Switch Command Line User’s Guide667The DHCP snooping service cannot be enabled on a switch that is configured with any of the following featur

Pagina 1595

Chapter 44: DHCP Snooping Commands668SHOW ARP SECURITY Syntaxshow arp security ParametersNoneModePrivilege Exec modeDescriptionUse this command to dis

Pagina 1596

AT-8100 Switch Command Line User’s Guide669Table 72. Parameters in SHOW ARP SECURITY CommandParameter DescriptionTotal VLANs enabled Specifies the num

Pagina 1597 - IP ACCESS-LIST (IP)

AT-8100 Switch Command Line User’s Guide67Moving Up the HierarchyThere are four commands for moving up the mode hierarchy. They are the EXIT, QUIT, EN

Pagina 1598

Chapter 44: DHCP Snooping Commands670SHOW ARP SECURITY INTERFACESyntaxshow arp security interface <port-list>ParametersinterfaceIndicates the li

Pagina 1599

AT-8100 Switch Command Line User’s Guide671Table 73. Parameters in SHOW ARP SECURITY INTERFACE CommandParameter DescriptionAction Indicates the action

Pagina 1600 - IP ACCESS-LIST (MAC)

Chapter 44: DHCP Snooping Commands672SHOW ARP SECURITY STATISTICSSyntaxshow arp security statistics detail [interface <port-list>]Parametersdeta

Pagina 1601

AT-8100 Switch Command Line User’s Guide673Figure 128 displays sample output from the SHOW ARP SECURITY STATISTCS DETAIL command.Figure 128. SHOW ARP

Pagina 1602

Chapter 44: DHCP Snooping Commands674SHOW IP DHCP SNOOPING Syntaxshow ip dhcp snooping ParametersNoneModePrivilege Exec modeDescriptionUse this comman

Pagina 1603 - IP ACCESS-LIST (PROTO)

AT-8100 Switch Command Line User’s Guide675Figure 129. SHOW IP DHCP SNOOPING Commandawplus# show ip dhcp snoopingDHCP Snooping Information:DHCP Snoopi

Pagina 1604

Chapter 44: DHCP Snooping Commands676SHOW IP DHCP SNOOPING BINDINGSyntaxshow ip dhcp snooping binding ParametersNoneModePrivilege Exec modeDescription

Pagina 1605

AT-8100 Switch Command Line User’s Guide677Table 75. SHOW IP DHCP SNOOPING BINDING Command ParametersParameter DescriptionClient IP Address The IP add

Pagina 1606 - IP ACCESS-LIST (TCP)

Chapter 44: DHCP Snooping Commands678SHOW IP DHCP SNOOPING INTERFACESyntaxshow ip dhcp snooping interface port-listParametersport-listIndicates the li

Pagina 1607

AT-8100 Switch Command Line User’s Guide679Figure 131. SHOW IP DHCP SNOOPING INTERFACE Commandawplus# show ip dhcp snooping interface port1.0.1-port1.

Pagina 1608

Chapter 1: AlliedWare Plus Command Line Interface68Figure 19. Returning to the Privileged Exec Mode with the END CommandDISABLECommandTo return to the

Pagina 1609

Chapter 44: DHCP Snooping Commands680SHOW IP SOURCE BINDINGSyntaxshow ip source binding ParametersNoneModePrivileged Exec modeDescriptionUse this comm

Pagina 1610 - IP ACCESS-LIST (UDP)

AT-8100 Switch Command Line User’s Guide681Table 77. SHOW IP DHCP SOURCE BINDING Command ParametersParameter DescriptionClient IP Address Specifies th

Pagina 1611

Chapter 44: DHCP Snooping Commands682

Pagina 1612

683Section VEvent MessagesThis section contains the following chapters: Chapter 45, “Event Log” on page 685 Chapter 46, “Event Log Commands” on page

Pagina 1614 - IPV6 ACCESS-LIST

685Chapter 45Event LogThis chapter covers the following topics: “Overview” on page 686 “Displaying the Event Log” on page 687 “Clearing the Event L

Pagina 1615 - IPV6 ACCESS-LIST (ICMP)

Chapter 45: Event Log686OverviewA managed switch is a complex piece of computer equipment that includes both hardware and software components. Multipl

Pagina 1616

AT-8100 Switch Command Line User’s Guide687Displaying the Event LogThere are two commands to display the messages stored in the event log. Both displa

Pagina 1617

Chapter 45: Event Log688Clearing the Event LogTo clear all the messages from the event log, use the CLEAR LOG BUFFERED command in the Privileged Exec

Pagina 1618 - IPV6 ACCESS-LIST (IP)

689Chapter 46Event Log CommandsThe event log commands are summarized in Table 78 and described in detail within this chapter.Table 78. Event Log Comma

Pagina 1619

AT-8100 Switch Command Line User’s Guide69Port Numbers in CommandsThe ports on the switch are identified in the commands with the PORT parameter. The

Pagina 1620

Chapter 46: Event Log Commands690“SHOW LOG REVERSE” on page 711 Privileged Exec Displays the event messages in the buffered log from newest to oldest.

Pagina 1621 - IPV6 ACCESS-LIST (PROTO)

AT-8100 Switch Command Line User’s Guide691CLEAR LOG Syntaxclear logParametersNoneModePrivileged Exec modeDescriptionUse this command to delete the ev

Pagina 1622

Chapter 46: Event Log Commands692CLEAR LOG BUFFEREDSyntaxclear log bufferedParametersNoneModePrivileged Exec modeDescriptionUse this command to delete

Pagina 1623

AT-8100 Switch Command Line User’s Guide693CLEAR LOG PERMANENTSyntaxclear log permanentParametersNoneModePrivileged Exec modeDescriptionUse this comma

Pagina 1624 - IPV6 ACCESS-LIST (TCP)

Chapter 46: Event Log Commands694LOG BUFFEREDSyntaxlog buffered [level level] [program program] [msgtext msgtext]]ParameterslevelSpecifies the minimum

Pagina 1625

AT-8100 Switch Command Line User’s Guide695The management software modules are listed in Table 81 on page 705.Confirmation Command“SHOW LOG CONFIG” on

Pagina 1626

Chapter 46: Event Log Commands696LOG CONSOLESyntaxlog console [level level]|[program program]|[msgtext msgtext]ParameterslevelSpecifies the minimum se

Pagina 1627

AT-8100 Switch Command Line User’s Guide697ExamplesThis example configures the switch to send to the console only those event messages that have the m

Pagina 1628 - IPV6 ACCESS-LIST (UDP)

Chapter 46: Event Log Commands698LOG PERMANENTSyntaxlog permanent [level level]|[program program]|[msgtext msgtext]ParameterslevelSpecifies the minimu

Pagina 1629

AT-8100 Switch Command Line User’s Guide699NO LOG BUFFEREDSyntaxno log buffered [level level]|[program program]|[msgtext msgtext]ParameterslevelSpecif

Pagina 1630

AT-8100 Switch Command Line User’s Guide7BANNER LOGIN...

Pagina 1631

Chapter 1: AlliedWare Plus Command Line Interface70You can also combine individual ports and port ranges in the same command, as illustrated in these

Pagina 1632 - IPV6 TRAFFIC-FILTER

Chapter 46: Event Log Commands700awplus# configure terminalawplus(config)# no log buffered Program macOUtputID Type Status Details--------------------

Pagina 1633 - MAC ACCESS-GROUP

AT-8100 Switch Command Line User’s Guide701NO LOG CONSOLESyntaxno log console [level level]|[program program]|[msgtext msgtext]ParameterslevelSpecifie

Pagina 1634 - NO ACCESS-LIST

Chapter 46: Event Log Commands702NO LOG PERMANENTSyntaxno log permanent [level level]|[program program]|[msgtext msgtext]ParameterslevelSpecifies the

Pagina 1635 - NO ACCESS-GROUP

AT-8100 Switch Command Line User’s Guide703awplus# configure terminalawplus(config)# no log permanent Program macOUtputID Type Status Details---------

Pagina 1636 - NO MAC ACCESS-GROUP

Chapter 46: Event Log Commands704SHOW LOGSyntaxshow logParametersNoneModePrivileged Exec modeDescriptionUse this command to display the messages in th

Pagina 1637 - PERIODIC

AT-8100 Switch Command Line User’s Guide705Table 81 lists the modules and their abbreviations.Severity (continued) Warning: The issue reported by the

Pagina 1638

Chapter 46: Event Log Commands706ExampleThe following command displays the messages in the event log:awplus# show logPKI Public Key InfrastructurePMIR

Pagina 1639 - PERIODIC (DAILY)

AT-8100 Switch Command Line User’s Guide707SHOW LOG CONFIGSyntaxshow log configParametersNoneModesPrivileged Exec modeDescriptionUse this command to d

Pagina 1640 - 6 pm Sunday evening:

Chapter 46: Event Log Commands708This command is also used to view the configuration of the syslog client. For information, refer to “SHOW LOG CONFIG”

Pagina 1641 - SHOW ACCESS-LIST

AT-8100 Switch Command Line User’s Guide709SHOW LOG PERMANENTSyntaxshow log permanentParametersNoneModePrivileged Exec modeDescriptionUse this command

Pagina 1642

AT-8100 Switch Command Line User’s Guide71Command FormatThe following sections describe the command line interface features and the command syntax con

Pagina 1643 - SHOW INTERFACE ACCESS-GROUP

Chapter 46: Event Log Commands710SHOW LOG PERMANENT TAILSyntaxshow log permanent tail [number]ParametersnumberSpecifies the number of log entries to d

Pagina 1644 - SHOW IPV6 ACCESS-LIST

AT-8100 Switch Command Line User’s Guide711SHOW LOG REVERSESyntaxshow log reverseParametersNoneModePrivileged Exec modeDescriptionUse this command to

Pagina 1645 - SHOW TIME-RANGE

Chapter 46: Event Log Commands712SHOW LOG TAILSyntaxshow log tail [number]ParameternumberSpecifies the number of event messages to display. The range

Pagina 1646 - TIME-RANGE

713Chapter 47Syslog ClientThis chapter covers the following topics: “Overview” on page 714 “Creating Syslog Server Definitions” on page 715 “Deleti

Pagina 1647 - Quality of Service (QoS)

Chapter 47: Syslog Client714OverviewThe switch has a syslog client. The client enables the switch to send its event messages to syslog servers on your

Pagina 1648

AT-8100 Switch Command Line User’s Guide715Creating Syslog Server DefinitionsTo configure the switch to send event messages to a syslog server, create

Pagina 1649 -  Peak Burst Size (PBS)

Chapter 47: Syslog Client716ENCO Encryption keysESTACK Enhanced stackingEVTLOG Event logFILE File systemGARP GARP GVRPHTTP Web serverIGMPSNOOP IGMP sn

Pagina 1650 - Enabling QoS on the Switch

AT-8100 Switch Command Line User’s Guide717This example of the command creates a new syslog definition for a syslog server that has the IP address 149

Pagina 1651 - Creating a Class Map

Chapter 47: Syslog Client718Deleting Syslog Server DefinitionsTo delete syslog server definitions from the switch, use the NO LOG HOST command in the

Pagina 1652 - Procedures

AT-8100 Switch Command Line User’s Guide719Displaying the Syslog Server DefinitionsTo view the IP addresses of the syslog servers use the SHOW LOG CON

Pagina 1653

Chapter 1: AlliedWare Plus Command Line Interface72Startup MessagesThe switch generates the following series of status messages whenever it is powered

Pagina 1654

Chapter 47: Syslog Client720

Pagina 1655

721Chapter 48Syslog Client CommandsThe syslog client commands are summarized in Table 85 and described in detail within the chapter.Table 85. Syslog C

Pagina 1656

Chapter 48: Syslog Client Commands722LOG HOSTSyntaxlog host ipaddress [level level] [program program]ParametersipaddressSpecifies the IP address of a

Pagina 1657 - Adding a VLAN to a Class Map

AT-8100 Switch Command Line User’s Guide723This example creates a new syslog definition for a syslog server that has the IP address 149.152.122.143. T

Pagina 1658 - Creating a Policy Map

Chapter 48: Syslog Client Commands724NO LOG HOSTSyntaxno log host ipaddressParametersipaddressSpecifies an IP address of a syslog server.ModeGlobal Co

Pagina 1659

AT-8100 Switch Command Line User’s Guide725SHOW LOG CONFIGSyntaxshow log configParametersNoneModesPrivileged Exec modeDescriptionUse this command to d

Pagina 1660 -  Deny unspecified traffic

Chapter 48: Syslog Client Commands726ExampleThis example displays the configurations of the syslog server entries:awplus# show log config

Pagina 1661 - Prioritizing CoS and DSCP

727Section VIPort TrunksThis section contains the following chapters: Chapter 49, “Static Port Trunks” on page 729 Chapter 50, “Static Port Trunk Co

Pagina 1663

729Chapter 49Static Port TrunksThis chapter covers the following topics: “Overview” on page 730 “Creating New Static Port Trunks or Adding Ports To

Pagina 1664 - Creating a Twin-rate Policer

AT-8100 Switch Command Line User’s Guide73Figure 23. Startup Messages (continued)Initializing System ... done!Initializi

Pagina 1665

Chapter 49: Static Port Trunks730OverviewStatic port trunks are groups of two to eight ports that act as single virtual links between the switch and o

Pagina 1666 - Creating an Aggregate Policer

AT-8100 Switch Command Line User’s Guide731 Source IP Address (Layer 3) Destination IP Address (Layer 3) Source IP Address / Destination IP Address

Pagina 1667

Chapter 49: Static Port Trunks732For example, assume you selected source and destination MAC addresses for the load distribution method in our previou

Pagina 1668 - Command Description

AT-8100 Switch Command Line User’s Guide733are compatible with the device to which the trunk will be connected. When you create a static port trunk, t

Pagina 1669 - Configuring the Egress Queues

Chapter 49: Static Port Trunks734Creating New Static Port Trunks or Adding Ports To Existing TrunksThe command to create new static port trunks or to

Pagina 1670 - Egress Queues

AT-8100 Switch Command Line User’s Guide735Specifying the Load Distribution MethodThe load distribution method defines how the switch distributes the

Pagina 1671

Chapter 49: Static Port Trunks736Removing Ports from Static Port Trunks or Deleting TrunksTo remove ports from a static port trunk, enter the Port Int

Pagina 1672

AT-8100 Switch Command Line User’s Guide737Displaying Static Port TrunksTo display the member ports of static port trunks, use the SHOW STATIC-CHANNEL

Pagina 1673

Chapter 49: Static Port Trunks738

Pagina 1674 - Egress Queue

739Chapter 50Static Port Trunk CommandsThe static port trunk commands are summarized in Table 86 and described in detail within the chapter..Table 86.

Pagina 1675 - <0-15>

Chapter 1: AlliedWare Plus Command Line Interface74Figure 24. Startup Messages (continued)Initializing FTAB ... done!I

Pagina 1676

Chapter 50: Static Port Trunk Commands740NO STATIC-CHANNEL-GROUPSyntaxno static-channel-groupParametersNoneModePort Interface modeDescriptionUse this

Pagina 1677

AT-8100 Switch Command Line User’s Guide741PORT-CHANNEL LOAD-BALANCESyntaxport-channel load-balance src-mac|dst-mac|src-dst-mac|src-ip|dst-ip|src-dst-

Pagina 1678 - Auto-QoS Macro

Chapter 50: Static Port Trunk Commands742ExampleThis example sets the load distribution method to destination MAC address for a trunk with an ID numbe

Pagina 1679

AT-8100 Switch Command Line User’s Guide743SHOW STATIC-CHANNEL-GROUPSyntaxshow static-channel-groupParametersNoneModesUser Exec mode and Privileged Ex

Pagina 1680

Chapter 50: Static Port Trunk Commands744STATIC-CHANNEL-GROUPSyntaxstatic-channel-group id_numberParametersid_numberSpecifies an ID number of a static

Pagina 1681 - Auto-QoS Functionality

AT-8100 Switch Command Line User’s Guide745 Ports can be members of just one static port trunk at a time. A port that is already a member of a trunk

Pagina 1682

Chapter 50: Static Port Trunk Commands746

Pagina 1683 - Macro Examples

747Chapter 51Link Aggregation Control Protocol (LACP)This chapter covers the following topics: “Overview” on page 748 “Creating New Aggregators” on

Pagina 1684

Chapter 51: Link Aggregation Control Protocol (LACP)748OverviewThe Link Aggregation Control Protocol (LACP) is used to increase the bandwidth between

Pagina 1685 - Support

AT-8100 Switch Command Line User’s Guide749Base Port The lowest numbered port in an aggregator is referred to as the base port. You cannot change the

Pagina 1686

75Chapter 2Starting a Management SessionThis chapter has the following sections: “Starting a Local Management Session” on page 76 “Starting a Remote

Pagina 1687

Chapter 51: Link Aggregation Control Protocol (LACP)750 The load distribution method is applied at the aggregator level. For further information, ref

Pagina 1688

AT-8100 Switch Command Line User’s Guide751Creating New AggregatorsTo create a new aggregator, move to the Port Interface mode of the aggregator’s mem

Pagina 1689

Chapter 51: Link Aggregation Control Protocol (LACP)752Setting the Load Distribution MethodThe load distribution method determines the manner in which

Pagina 1690 - Displaying QoS Settings

AT-8100 Switch Command Line User’s Guide753Adding Ports to AggregatorsThe command to add ports to existing aggregators is the same command to create n

Pagina 1691 - Class Map

Chapter 51: Link Aggregation Control Protocol (LACP)754Removing Ports from AggregatorsTo remove ports from an aggregator, use the NO CHANNEL-GROUP com

Pagina 1692

AT-8100 Switch Command Line User’s Guide755Deleting AggregatorsTo delete an aggregator, remove all its ports with the NO CHANNEL-GROUP command, in the

Pagina 1693 - Queue Mappings

Chapter 51: Link Aggregation Control Protocol (LACP)756Displaying AggregatorsThere are five SHOW commands for LACP. Two of them are mentioned here. Fo

Pagina 1694 - Mappings

AT-8100 Switch Command Line User’s Guide757Here is an example of the information.Figure 143. SHOW LACP SYS-ID CommandIt should be mentioned that while

Pagina 1695

Chapter 51: Link Aggregation Control Protocol (LACP)758

Pagina 1696 - <0-63>

759Chapter 52LACP CommandsThe LACP port trunk commands are summarized in Table 87 and described in detail within the chapter.Table 87. LACP Port Trunk

Pagina 1697 - QoS Commands

Chapter 2: Starting a Management Session76Starting a Local Management SessionTo start a local management session on the switch, perform the following

Pagina 1698 - Chapter 101: QoS Commands

Chapter 52: LACP Commands760CHANNEL-GROUPSyntaxchannel-group id_numberParametersid_numberSpecifies the ID number of a new or an existing aggregator. T

Pagina 1699

AT-8100 Switch Command Line User’s Guide761ExamplesThese commands create a new aggregator consisting of ports 11 to 16. The ID number of the aggregato

Pagina 1700

Chapter 52: LACP Commands762LACP SYSTEM-PRIORITYSyntaxlacp system-priority priorityParametersprioritySpecifies the LACP system priority value for the

Pagina 1701 - AUTO-QOS

AT-8100 Switch Command Line User’s Guide763NO CHANNEL-GROUPSyntaxno channel-groupParametersNoneModePort Interface modeDescriptionUse this command to r

Pagina 1702

Chapter 52: LACP Commands764PORT-CHANNEL LOAD-BALANCESyntaxport-channel load-balance src-mac|dst-mac|src-dst-mac|src-ip|dst-ip|src-dst-ipParameterssrc

Pagina 1703 - AUTO-QOS-MED

AT-8100 Switch Command Line User’s Guide765Confirmation Command“SHOW ETHERCHANNEL DETAIL” on page 767ExampleThis example sets the load distribution me

Pagina 1704

Chapter 52: LACP Commands766SHOW ETHERCHANNELSyntaxshow etherchannel id_numberParametersid_numberSpecifies the ID number of the aggregator.ModePrivile

Pagina 1705

AT-8100 Switch Command Line User’s Guide767SHOW ETHERCHANNEL DETAILSyntaxshow etherchannel detailParametersNoneModePrivileged Exec modeDescriptionUse

Pagina 1706

Chapter 52: LACP Commands768ExampleThis example displays detailed information about aggregators:awplus# show etherchannel detail

Pagina 1707 - CLASS-MAP

AT-8100 Switch Command Line User’s Guide769SHOW ETHERCHANNEL SUMMARYSyntaxshow etherchannel summaryParametersNoneModePrivileged Exec modeDescriptionUs

Pagina 1708 - DEFAULT-ACTION

AT-8100 Switch Command Line User’s Guide77The local management session has started when the AlliedWare Plus command line prompt, shown in Figure 26 is

Pagina 1709

Chapter 52: LACP Commands770SHOW LACP SYS-IDSyntaxshow lacp sys-idParametersNoneModePrivileged Exec modeDescriptionUse this command to display the LAC

Pagina 1710 - DESCRIPTION (Policy Map)

AT-8100 Switch Command Line User’s Guide771SHOW PORT ETHERCHANNELSyntaxshow port etherchannel [interface port]ParametersportSpecifies the port of an a

Pagina 1711

Chapter 52: LACP Commands772

Pagina 1712 - MATCH ACCESS-GROUP

773Section VIISpanning Tree ProtocolsThis section contains the following chapters: Chapter 53, “STP, RSTP and MSTP Protocols” on page 775 Chapter 54

Pagina 1714

775Chapter 53STP, RSTP and MSTP ProtocolsThis chapter covers the following topics: “Overview” on page 776 “Bridge Priority and the Root Bridge” on p

Pagina 1715 - MATCH COS

Chapter 53: STP, RSTP and MSTP Protocols776OverviewThe Spanning Tree Protocol (STP), Rapid Spanning Tree Protocol (RSTP) and Multiple Spanning Tree Pr

Pagina 1716

AT-8100 Switch Command Line User’s Guide777Bridge Priority and the Root BridgeThe first task that bridges perform when a spanning tree protocol is act

Pagina 1717 - MATCH DSCP

Chapter 53: STP, RSTP and MSTP Protocols778Path Costs and Port CostsAfter the root bridge has been selected, the bridges determine if the network cont

Pagina 1718 - MATCH IP-PRECEDENCE

AT-8100 Switch Command Line User’s Guide779Port PriorityIf two paths have the same port cost, the bridges must select a preferred path. In some instan

Pagina 1719 - MATCH MAC-TYPE

Chapter 2: Starting a Management Session78Starting a Remote Telnet or SSH Management SessionHere are the requirements for remote management of the swi

Pagina 1720

Chapter 53: STP, RSTP and MSTP Protocols780Forwarding Delay and Topology ChangesIf there is a change in the network topology due to a failure, removal

Pagina 1721 - MATCH PROTOCOL

AT-8100 Switch Command Line User’s Guide781Hello Time and Bridge Protocol Data Units (BPDU)The bridges that are part of a spanning tree domain communi

Pagina 1722

Chapter 53: STP, RSTP and MSTP Protocols782Point-to-Point and Edge PortsPart of the task of configuring RSTP or MSTP is defining the port types on the

Pagina 1723

AT-8100 Switch Command Line User’s Guide783Figure 150. Edge PortA port can be both a point-to-point and an edge port at the same time. It operates in

Pagina 1724

Chapter 53: STP, RSTP and MSTP Protocols784Determining whether a bridge port is point-to-point, edge, or both, can be a bit confusing. For that reason

Pagina 1725 - ARP to it:

AT-8100 Switch Command Line User’s Guide785Mixed STP and RSTP NetworksRSTP IEEE 802.1w is fully compliant with STP IEEE 802.1d. A network can have bot

Pagina 1726 - MATCH TCP-FLAGS

Chapter 53: STP, RSTP and MSTP Protocols786Spanning Tree and VLANsSTP and RSTP support a single-instance spanning tree that encompasses all the ports

Pagina 1727

AT-8100 Switch Command Line User’s Guide787RSTP and MSTP BPDU GuardThis feature monitors the RSTP or MSTP edge ports on the switch for BPDU packets. E

Pagina 1728 - MATCH VLAN

Chapter 53: STP, RSTP and MSTP Protocols788Here are the guidelines to this feature: BPDU guard is configured for each port and has only two possible

Pagina 1729

AT-8100 Switch Command Line User’s Guide789STP, RSTP, MSTP Loop GuardAlthough spanning tree is designed to detect and prevent the formation of loops i

Pagina 1730

AT-8100 Switch Command Line User’s Guide79VTY Lines The switch has ten VTY (virtual teletypewriter) lines. Each line supports one remote Telnet or SSH

Pagina 1731

Chapter 53: STP, RSTP and MSTP Protocols790If you configured the SNMP community strings on the switch, an SNMP trap is sent to your management worksta

Pagina 1732

AT-8100 Switch Command Line User’s Guide791Figure 154. Loop Guard Example 2But if loop guard is enabled on port 14 on switch 3, the port, instead of c

Pagina 1733

Chapter 53: STP, RSTP and MSTP Protocols792The previous example illustrates how loop guard works to maintain a loop-free topology by keeping alternate

Pagina 1734

AT-8100 Switch Command Line User’s Guide793Figure 157. Loop Guard Example 5

Pagina 1735 - MLS QOS COS

Chapter 53: STP, RSTP and MSTP Protocols794STP and RSTP Root GuardThe Root Guard feature enforces the root bridge placement in a network. It ensures t

Pagina 1736

795Chapter 54Spanning Tree Protocol (STP) ProceduresThis chapter provides the following procedures: “Designating STP as the Active Spanning Tree Prot

Pagina 1737 - MLS QOS ENABLE

Chapter 54: Spanning Tree Protocol (STP) Procedures796Designating STP as the Active Spanning Tree ProtocolBefore you can configure the STP parameters

Pagina 1738 - MLS QOS MAP COS-QUEUE

AT-8100 Switch Command Line User’s Guide797Enabling the Spanning Tree ProtocolTo enable STP on the switch, use the SPANNING-TREE STP ENABLE command in

Pagina 1739

Chapter 54: Spanning Tree Protocol (STP) Procedures798Setting the Switch ParametersThis table lists the STP functions that are controlled at the switc

Pagina 1740 - MLS QOS MAP DSCP-QUEUE

AT-8100 Switch Command Line User’s Guide799This example of the command sets the switch’s priority value to 8,192: awplus> enableawplus# configure t

Pagina 1741

Contents8FLOWCONTROL...

Pagina 1742 - MLS QOS MAP POLICED-DSCP

Chapter 2: Starting a Management Session80What to Configure FirstHere are a few suggestions on what to configure during your initial management sessio

Pagina 1743

Chapter 54: Spanning Tree Protocol (STP) Procedures800Setting the Port ParametersThis table lists the STP functions that are controlled at the port le

Pagina 1744 - <VLANID>

AT-8100 Switch Command Line User’s Guide801Disabling the Spanning Tree ProtocolTo disable STP on the switch, use the NO SPANNING-TREE STP ENABLE comma

Pagina 1745

Chapter 54: Spanning Tree Protocol (STP) Procedures802Displaying STP SettingsTo view the STP settings on the switch, use the SHOW SPANNING-TREE in the

Pagina 1746 - NO MATCH ACCESS-GROUP

803Chapter 55STP CommandsThe STP commands are summarized in Table 90 and described in detail within the chapter.Table 90. Spanning Tree Protocol Comma

Pagina 1747

Chapter 55: STP Commands804“SPANNING-TREE PORTFAST BPDU-GUARD” on page 815Port Interface Enables the BPDU guard feature on a port so that the switch m

Pagina 1748 - NO MATCH PROTOCOL

AT-8100 Switch Command Line User’s Guide805NO SPANNING-TREE STP ENABLESyntaxno spanning-tree stp enableParametersNoneModeGlobal Configuration modeDesc

Pagina 1749

Chapter 55: STP Commands806SHOW SPANNING-TREESyntaxshow spanning-tree [interface port]ParametersportSpecifies a port. You can specify more than one po

Pagina 1750 - NO MLS QOS AGGREGATE-POLICE

AT-8100 Switch Command Line User’s Guide807ExamplesThis command displays the STP settings for all the ports:awplus# show spanning-treeThis command dis

Pagina 1751 - NO MLS QOS ENABLE

Chapter 55: STP Commands808SPANNING-TREE FORWARD-TIMESyntaxspanning-tree forward-time forwardtimeParametersforwardtimeSpecifies the forward time. The

Pagina 1752 - NO POLICE AGGREGATE

AT-8100 Switch Command Line User’s Guide809SPANNING-TREE GUARD ROOTSyntaxspanning-tree guard root ParametersNoneModePort Interface modeDescriptionUse

Pagina 1753 - POLICE AGGREGATE

AT-8100 Switch Command Line User’s Guide81Figure 27. SHOW BOOT CommandThe name of your new active boot configuration file is displayed in the “Current

Pagina 1754

Chapter 55: STP Commands810SPANNING-TREE HELLO-TIMESyntaxspanning-tree hello-time hellotimeParametershellotimeSpecifies the hello time. The range is 1

Pagina 1755 - POLICE SINGLE-RATE ACTION

AT-8100 Switch Command Line User’s Guide811SPANNING-TREE MAX-AGESyntaxspanning-tree max-age maxageParametersmaxageSpecifies the max-age parameter. The

Pagina 1756

Chapter 55: STP Commands812SPANNING-TREE MODE STPSyntaxspanning-tree mode stpParametersNoneModeGlobal Configuration modeDescriptionUse this command to

Pagina 1757 - POLICE TWIN-RATE ACTION

AT-8100 Switch Command Line User’s Guide813SPANNING-TREE PATH-COSTSyntaxspanning-tree path-cost path-costParameterspath-costSpecifies the cost of a po

Pagina 1758 -  maximum burst size

Chapter 55: STP Commands814SPANNING-TREE PORTFASTSyntaxspanning-tree portfastParametersNoneModePort Interface modeDescriptionUse this command to desig

Pagina 1759 - POLICY-MAP

AT-8100 Switch Command Line User’s Guide815SPANNING-TREE PORTFAST BPDU-GUARDSyntaxspanning-tree portfast bpdu-guardParametersNoneModePort Interface mo

Pagina 1760 - <0-7>

Chapter 55: STP Commands816SPANNING-TREE PRIORITY (Bridge Priority)Syntaxspanning-tree priority priorityParametersprioritySpecifies a priority number

Pagina 1761

AT-8100 Switch Command Line User’s Guide817SPANNING-TREE Priority (Port Priority)Syntaxspanning-tree priority priorityParametersprioritySpecifies the

Pagina 1762 - SET DSCP

Chapter 55: STP Commands818SPANNING-TREE STP ENABLESyntaxspanning-tree stp enableParametersNoneModeGlobal Configuration modeDescriptionUse this comman

Pagina 1763 - SET QUEUE

819Chapter 56Rapid Spanning Tree Protocol (RSTP) ProceduresThis chapter provides the following procedures: “Designating RSTP as the Active Spanning T

Pagina 1764

Chapter 2: Starting a Management Session82This example assigns the name “Engineering_sw2” to the switch:awplus> enableawplus# configure terminalawp

Pagina 1765 - SERVICE-POLICY INPUT

Chapter 56: Rapid Spanning Tree Protocol (RSTP) Procedures820Designating RSTP as the Active Spanning Tree ProtocolThe first step to using RSTP on the

Pagina 1766 - SHOW CLASS-MAP

AT-8100 Switch Command Line User’s Guide821Enabling the Rapid Spanning Tree ProtocolTo enable RSTP on the switch, use the SPANNING-TREE RSTP ENABLE co

Pagina 1767 - SHOW POLICY-MAP

Chapter 56: Rapid Spanning Tree Protocol (RSTP) Procedures822Configuring the Switch ParametersThis table lists the RSTP parameters that are set in the

Pagina 1768

AT-8100 Switch Command Line User’s Guide823This example increases the forward time to 25 seconds and the hello time to 8 seconds. The forward time con

Pagina 1769 - SHOW MLS QOS

Chapter 56: Rapid Spanning Tree Protocol (RSTP) Procedures824To disable the BPDU guard feature on the switch, use the NO SPANNING-TREE BPDU-GUARD comm

Pagina 1770

AT-8100 Switch Command Line User’s Guide825Configuring the Port ParametersThis table lists the RSTP port parameters. These parameters are set on the i

Pagina 1771

Chapter 56: Rapid Spanning Tree Protocol (RSTP) Procedures826Configuring PortPrioritiesIf RSTP discovers a loop in the topology, but the two paths tha

Pagina 1772 - SHOW MLS QOS INTERFACE

AT-8100 Switch Command Line User’s Guide827This example uses the NO SPANNING-TREE command to remove port 21 as an edge port:awplus> enableawplus# c

Pagina 1773 - (continued)

Chapter 56: Rapid Spanning Tree Protocol (RSTP) Procedures828Edge ports that are disabled by the feature remain disabled until you manually enable the

Pagina 1774

AT-8100 Switch Command Line User’s Guide829Disabling the Rapid Spanning Tree ProtocolTo disable RSTP on the switch, use the NO SPANNING-TREE RSTP ENAB

Pagina 1775 - SHOW MLS QOS MAPS COS-QUEUE

AT-8100 Switch Command Line User’s Guide83This example assigns the management IPv4 address to a new VLAN called Tech_Support, with the VID 5. The VLAN

Pagina 1776 - SHOW MLS QOS MAPS DSCP-QUEUE

Chapter 56: Rapid Spanning Tree Protocol (RSTP) Procedures830Displaying RSTP SettingsTo view the RSTP settings on the switch, use the SHOW SPANNING-TR

Pagina 1777 - MAP DSCP-QUEUE” on page 1740

831Chapter 57RSTP CommandsThe RSTP commands are summarized in Table 93 and described in detail within the chapter.Table 93. Rapid Spanning Tree Protoc

Pagina 1778

Chapter 57: RSTP Commands832“SPANNING-TREE LINK-TYPE” on page 845Port Interface Designates point-to-point ports and shared ports.“SPANNING-TREE LOOP-G

Pagina 1779

AT-8100 Switch Command Line User’s Guide833NO SPANNING-TREE PORTFASTSyntaxno spanning-tree portfastParametersNoneModePort Interface modeDescriptionUse

Pagina 1780 - TRUST DSCP

Chapter 57: RSTP Commands834NO SPANNING-TREE ERRDISABLE-TIMEOUT ENABLESyntaxno spanning-tree errdisable-timeout enableParametersNoneModeGlobal Configu

Pagina 1781

AT-8100 Switch Command Line User’s Guide835NO SPANNING-TREE LOOP-GUARDSyntaxno spanning-tree loop-guardParametersNoneModePort Interface modeDescriptio

Pagina 1782 - [0

Chapter 57: RSTP Commands836NO SPANNING-TREE PORTFAST BPDU-GUARDSyntaxno spanning-tree portfast bpdu-guardParametersNoneModePort Interface modeDescrip

Pagina 1783

AT-8100 Switch Command Line User’s Guide837NO SPANNING-TREE RSTP ENABLESyntaxno spanning-tree rstp enableParametersNoneModeGlobal Configuration modeDe

Pagina 1784 - WRR-QUEUE WEIGHT

Chapter 57: RSTP Commands838SHOW SPANNING-TREESyntaxshow spanning-treeParametersNoneModesPrivileged Exec modeDescriptionUse this command to display th

Pagina 1785

AT-8100 Switch Command Line User’s Guide839ExampleThis example displays the RSTP settings on the switch:awplus# show spanning-tree

Pagina 1786

Chapter 2: Starting a Management Session84Saving YourChangesTo permanently save your changes in the active boot configuration file, use the WRITE comm

Pagina 1787 - QoS Storm Control Protection

Chapter 57: RSTP Commands840SPANNING-TREE ERRDISABLE-TIMEOUT ENABLESyntaxspanning-tree errdisable-timeout enableParametersNoneModeGlobal Configuration

Pagina 1788

AT-8100 Switch Command Line User’s Guide841SPANNING-TREE ERRDISABLE-TIMEOUT INTERVALSyntaxspanning-tree errdisable-timeout interval intervalParameters

Pagina 1789 - <1 - 10000000>

Chapter 57: RSTP Commands842SPANNING-TREE FORWARD-TIMESyntaxspanning-tree forward-time forwardtimeParametersforwardtimeSpecifies the forward time. The

Pagina 1790 - <100 - 6000>

AT-8100 Switch Command Line User’s Guide843SPANNING-TREE GUARD ROOTSyntaxspanning-tree guard root ParametersNoneModePort Interface modeDescriptionUse

Pagina 1791 - Enabling Policy-Based QSP

Chapter 57: RSTP Commands844SPANNING-TREE HELLO-TIMESyntaxspanning-tree hello-time hellotimeParametershellotimeSpecifies the hello time. The range is

Pagina 1792 - Disabling a

AT-8100 Switch Command Line User’s Guide845SPANNING-TREE LINK-TYPESyntaxspanning-tree link-type point-to-point|sharedParameterspoint-to-pointAllows fo

Pagina 1793

Chapter 57: RSTP Commands846SPANNING-TREE LOOP-GUARDSyntaxspanning-tree loop-guardParametersNoneModePort Interface modeDescriptionUse this command to

Pagina 1794 - Shutting Down a

AT-8100 Switch Command Line User’s Guide847SPANNING-TREE MAX-AGESyntaxspanning-tree max-age maxageParametersmaxageSpecifies the maximum age parameter.

Pagina 1795

Chapter 57: RSTP Commands848SPANNING-TREE MODE RSTPSyntaxspanning-tree mode rstpParametersNoneModeGlobal Configuration modeDescriptionUse this command

Pagina 1796

AT-8100 Switch Command Line User’s Guide849SPANNING-TREE PATH-COSTSyntaxspanning-tree path-cost path-costParameterspath-costSpecifies the cost of a po

Pagina 1797 - Displaying Port Storm Status

AT-8100 Switch Command Line User’s Guide85Ending a Management SessionTo end a management session, go to either the Privileged Exec mode or the User Ex

Pagina 1798

Chapter 57: RSTP Commands850SPANNING-TREE PORTFASTSyntaxspanning-tree portfastParametersNoneModePort Interface modeDescriptionUse this command to desi

Pagina 1799 - QSP Commands

AT-8100 Switch Command Line User’s Guide851SPANNING-TREE PORTFAST BPDU-GUARDSyntaxspanning-tree portfast bpdu-guardParametersNoneModePort Interface mo

Pagina 1800

Chapter 57: RSTP Commands852SPANNING-TREE PRIORITY (Bridge Priority)Syntaxspanning-tree priority priorityParametersprioritySpecifies a priority number

Pagina 1801

AT-8100 Switch Command Line User’s Guide853SPANNING-TREE PRIORITY (Port Priority)Syntaxspanning-tree priority priorityParametersprioritySpecifies the

Pagina 1802 - STORM-ACTION

Chapter 57: RSTP Commands854SPANNING-TREE RSTP ENABLESyntaxspanning-tree rstp enableParametersNoneModeGlobal Configuration modeDescriptionUse this com

Pagina 1803 - “cmap2:”

855Chapter 58Multiple Spanning Tree Protocol (MSTP)This chapter provides background information about the Multiple Spanning Tree Protocol (MSTP). It c

Pagina 1804 - STORM-DOWNTIME

Chapter 58: Multiple Spanning Tree Protocol (MSTP)856OverviewAs mentioned in Chapter 53, “STP, RSTP and MSTP Protocols” on page 775, STP and RSTP are

Pagina 1805 - STORM-PROTECTION

AT-8100 Switch Command Line User’s Guide857Multiple Spanning Tree Instance (MSTI)The individual spanning trees in MSTP are referred to as Multiple Spa

Pagina 1806 - STORM-RATE

Chapter 58: Multiple Spanning Tree Protocol (MSTP)858Figure 163 on page 858 illustrates the same two AT-8100 Switches and the same two virtual LANs. B

Pagina 1807

AT-8100 Switch Command Line User’s Guide859Figure 164. Multiple VLANs in an MSTIIn this example, because an MSTI contains more than one VLAN, the link

Pagina 1808 - STORM-WINDOW

Chapter 2: Starting a Management Session86

Pagina 1809 - “cmap5:'

Chapter 58: Multiple Spanning Tree Protocol (MSTP)860MSTI GuidelinesFollowing are several guidelines to keep in mind about MSTIs: The AT-8100 Switch

Pagina 1810 - Chapter 103: QSP Commands

AT-8100 Switch Command Line User’s Guide861VLAN and MSTI AssociationsPart of the task to configuring MSTP involves assigning VLANs to spanning tree in

Pagina 1811 - Section XIV

Chapter 58: Multiple Spanning Tree Protocol (MSTP)862Ports in Multiple MSTIsA port can be a member of more than one MSTI at a time if it is a tagged m

Pagina 1812

AT-8100 Switch Command Line User’s Guide863Multiple Spanning Tree RegionsAnother important concept of MSTP is regions. An MSTP region is defined as a

Pagina 1813 - Chapter 104

Chapter 58: Multiple Spanning Tree Protocol (MSTP)864Table 94 illustrates the concept of regions. It shows one MSTP region consisting of two AT-8100 S

Pagina 1814

AT-8100 Switch Command Line User’s Guide865RegionGuidelinesFollowing are several points to remember about regions. A network can contain any number o

Pagina 1815 - Routing Interfaces

Chapter 58: Multiple Spanning Tree Protocol (MSTP)866Common andInternalSpanning Tree(CIST)MSTP has a default spanning tree instance called the Common

Pagina 1816 - Static Routes

AT-8100 Switch Command Line User’s Guide867An MSTP region can be considered as a virtual bridge. The implication is that other MSTP regions and STP an

Pagina 1817

Chapter 58: Multiple Spanning Tree Protocol (MSTP)868Summary of GuidelinesCareful planning is essential for the successful implementation of MSTP. Thi

Pagina 1818

AT-8100 Switch Command Line User’s Guide869NoteThe AlliedWare Plus MSTP implementation complies fully with the new IEEE 802.1s standard. Any other ven

Pagina 1819 - Default Route

87Chapter 3Basic Command Line ManagementThis chapter contains the following sections: “Clearing the Screen” on page 88 “Displaying the On-line Help”

Pagina 1820 - Routing Table

Chapter 58: Multiple Spanning Tree Protocol (MSTP)870Associating VLANs to MSTIsAllied Telesis recommends that you assign all VLANs on a switch to an M

Pagina 1821 -  1024 dynamic entries

AT-8100 Switch Command Line User’s Guide871Figure 166. CIST and VLAN Guideline - Example 2 When port 4 on switch B receives a BPDU, the switch notes t

Pagina 1822

Chapter 58: Multiple Spanning Tree Protocol (MSTP)872Connecting VLANs Across Different RegionsSpecial consideration needs to be taken into account whe

Pagina 1823

AT-8100 Switch Command Line User’s Guide873There are several ways to address this issue. The first is to have only one MSTP region for each subnet in

Pagina 1824

Chapter 58: Multiple Spanning Tree Protocol (MSTP)874MSTP Root GuardThe Root Guard feature enforces the root bridge placement in a network. It ensures

Pagina 1825 - Creating the

875Chapter 59MSTP CommandsThe MSTP commands are summarized in Table 96 and described in detail within the chapter.Table 96. Multiple Spanning Tree Pro

Pagina 1826 - Interfaces

Chapter 59: MSTP Commands876“SPANNING-TREE MSTP ENABLE” on page 891Global ConfigurationDesignates the MSTP mode on the switch.“SPANNING-TREE MST CONFI

Pagina 1827

AT-8100 Switch Command Line User’s Guide877INSTANCE MSTI-ID PRIORITYSyntaxinstance msti-id priority priorityParametersprioritySpecifies a port priorit

Pagina 1828 - Default Routes

Chapter 59: MSTP Commands878Use the no command, NO INSTANCE MSTI-ID PRIORITY, to restore the default priority value of 32768.Confirmation Command“SHOW

Pagina 1829

AT-8100 Switch Command Line User’s Guide879INSTANCE MSTI-ID VLANSyntaxinstance msti-id vlan vid|vidlistParametersvidSpecifies a VLAN ID.vidlistSpecifi

Pagina 1830

Chapter 3: Basic Command Line Management88Clearing the ScreenIf your screen becomes cluttered with commands, you can start fresh by entering the CLEAR

Pagina 1831

Chapter 59: MSTP Commands880NO SPANNING-TREE ERRDISABLE-TIMEOUT ENABLESyntaxspanning-tree errdisable-timeout enableParametersNoneModeGlobal Configurat

Pagina 1832

AT-8100 Switch Command Line User’s Guide881NO SPANNING-TREE PORTFASTSyntaxno spanning-tree portfastParametersNoneModePort Interface modeDescriptionUse

Pagina 1833 - IPv4 Routing Commands

Chapter 59: MSTP Commands882NO SPANNING-TREE MSTP ENABLESyntaxno spanning-tree mstp enableParametersNoneModeGlobal Configuration modeDescriptionUse th

Pagina 1834

AT-8100 Switch Command Line User’s Guide883SHOW SPANNING-TREESyntaxshow spanning-treeParametersNoneModesPrivileged Exec modeDescriptionUse this comman

Pagina 1835 - IP ADDRESS

Chapter 59: MSTP Commands884SHOW SPANNING-TREE MST CONFIGSyntaxshow spanning-tree mst configParametersNoneModePrivileged Executive ModeDescriptionUse

Pagina 1836

AT-8100 Switch Command Line User’s Guide885SHOW SPANNING-TREE MST Syntaxshow spanning-tree mst ParametersNoneModePrivileged Executive ModeDescriptionU

Pagina 1837 - IP ADDRESS DHCP

Chapter 59: MSTP Commands886SHOW SPANNING-TREE MST INSTANCESyntaxshow spanning-tree mst instance <msti-id>Parametersinstance Specifies an instan

Pagina 1838 - IP ROUTE

AT-8100 Switch Command Line User’s Guide887SPANNING-TREE ERRDISABLE-TIMEOUT ENABLESyntaxspanning-tree errdisable-timeout enableParametersNoneModeGloba

Pagina 1839

Chapter 59: MSTP Commands888SPANNING-TREE ERRDISABLE-TIMEOUT INTERVALSyntaxspanning-tree errdisable-timeout interval intervalParametersintervalSpecifi

Pagina 1840

AT-8100 Switch Command Line User’s Guide889SPANNING-TREE GUARD ROOTSyntaxspanning-tree guard root ParametersNoneModePort Interface modeDescriptionUse

Pagina 1841 - NO IP ADDRESS

AT-8100 Switch Command Line User’s Guide89Displaying the On-line HelpThe command line interface has an on-line help system to assist you with the comm

Pagina 1842

Chapter 59: MSTP Commands890SPANNING-TREE MODE MSTPSyntaxspanning-tree mode mstpParametersNoneModeGlobal Configuration modeDescriptionUse this command

Pagina 1843 - NO IP ADDRESS DHCP

AT-8100 Switch Command Line User’s Guide891SPANNING-TREE MSTP ENABLESyntaxspanning-tree mstp enableParametersNoneModeGlobal Configuration modeDescript

Pagina 1844

Chapter 59: MSTP Commands892SPANNING-TREE MST CONFIGURATIONSyntaxspanning-tree mst configurationParametersNoneModeGlobal Configuration modeDescription

Pagina 1845 - NO IP ROUTE

AT-8100 Switch Command Line User’s Guide893SPANNING-TREE MST INSTANCESyntaxspanning-tree mst instance <1-15> Parametersinstance Specifies an ins

Pagina 1846

Chapter 59: MSTP Commands894SPANNING-TREE PATH-COSTSyntaxspanning-tree path-cost path-costParameterspath-costSpecifies the cost of a port to the root

Pagina 1847 - SHOW IP INTERFACE

AT-8100 Switch Command Line User’s Guide895SPANNING-TREE PORTFASTSyntaxspanning-tree portfastParametersNoneModePort Interface modeDescriptionUse this

Pagina 1848

Chapter 59: MSTP Commands896SPANNING-TREE PORTFAST BPDU-GUARDSyntaxspanning-tree portfast bpdu-guardParametersNoneModeGlobal Configuration modeDescrip

Pagina 1849 - SHOW IP ROUTE

AT-8100 Switch Command Line User’s Guide897REGIONSyntaxregion <region-name>Parametersregion-nameSpecifies the name of an MST region. Up to 32 ch

Pagina 1850

Chapter 59: MSTP Commands898REVISIONSyntaxrevision <revision-number>Parametersrevision-numberSpecifies the revision number. The range is 0 to 25

Pagina 1851 - Chapter 106

899Section VIIIVirtual LANsThis section contains the following chapters: Chapter 60, “Port-based and Tagged VLANs” on page 901 Chapter 61, “Port-bas

Pagina 1852

AT-8100 Switch Command Line User’s Guide9POWER-INLINE USAGE-THRESHOLD...

Pagina 1853 - Enabling RIP

Chapter 3: Basic Command Line Management90Figure 30. Displaying the Class of a Parameterawplus> enableawplus# configure terminalawplus(config)# hos

Pagina 1855 - Specifying a RIP Version

901Chapter 60Port-based and Tagged VLANsThis chapter covers the following topics: “Overview” on page 902 “Port-based VLAN Overview” on page 904 “Ta

Pagina 1856 - Enabling Authentication

Chapter 60: Port-based and Tagged VLANs902OverviewA VLAN is a group of ports that form a logical Ethernet segment on an Ethernet switch. The ports of

Pagina 1857

AT-8100 Switch Command Line User’s Guide903Virtual LANs can also span more than one switch. This makes it possible to create VLANs of end nodes that a

Pagina 1858 - S1(config)# router rip

Chapter 60: Port-based and Tagged VLANs904Port-based VLAN OverviewAs the “Overview” on page 902 explains, a VLAN consists of a group of ports that for

Pagina 1859 - S1(config-if)# auto-summary

AT-8100 Switch Command Line User’s Guide905For example, if you had a port-based VLAN named Marketing that spanned three switches, assign the Marketing

Pagina 1860

Chapter 60: Port-based and Tagged VLANs906Guidelines toCreating a Port-based VLANBelow are the guidelines to creating a port-based VLAN. Each port-ba

Pagina 1861 - Advertising the Default Route

AT-8100 Switch Command Line User’s Guide907Port-basedExample 1Figure 172 illustrates an example of one AT-8100 switch with three port-based VLANs. (Th

Pagina 1862 - RIP command

Chapter 60: Port-based and Tagged VLANs908Figure 173. Port-based VLAN - Example 2

Pagina 1863 - Adjusting Timers

AT-8100 Switch Command Line User’s Guide909The table below lists the port assignments for the Sales, Engineering, and Production VLANs on the switches

Pagina 1864

AT-8100 Switch Command Line User’s Guide91Saving Your Configuration ChangesTo permanently save your changes to the parameter settings on the switch, y

Pagina 1865

Chapter 60: Port-based and Tagged VLANs910Tagged VLAN OverviewThe second type of VLAN is the tagged VLAN. VLAN membership in a tagged VLAN is determin

Pagina 1866

AT-8100 Switch Command Line User’s Guide911NoteFor explanations of VLAN name and VLAN identifier, refer back to “VLAN Name” on page 904 and “VLAN Iden

Pagina 1867

Chapter 60: Port-based and Tagged VLANs912Tagged VLANExampleFigure 174 illustrates how tagged ports can be used to interconnect IEEE 802.1q based prod

Pagina 1868 - AUTO-SUMMARY

AT-8100 Switch Command Line User’s Guide913The port assignments for the VLANs are described in Table 98.Table 98. VLAN Port AssignmentsSwitchSales VLA

Pagina 1869 - DEFAULT-INFORMATION ORIGINATE

Chapter 60: Port-based and Tagged VLANs914This example is nearly identical to the “Port-based Example 2” on page 907. Tagged ports have been added to

Pagina 1870 - IP RIP AUTHENTICATION STRING

AT-8100 Switch Command Line User’s Guide915Creating VLANsTo create VLANs, use the VLAN command in the VLAN Configuration mode. You must specify a name

Pagina 1871 - IP RIP AUTHENTICATION MODE

Chapter 60: Port-based and Tagged VLANs916Adding Untagged Ports to VLANsTo add a port to a VLAN as an untagged port, it may be necessary to first set

Pagina 1872 - IP RIP RECEIVE-PACKET

AT-8100 Switch Command Line User’s Guide917This example designates ports 11 to 18 as untagged ports of a VLAN with the VID 4. The SWITCHPORT MODE ACCE

Pagina 1873 - IP RIP RECEIVE VERSION

Chapter 60: Port-based and Tagged VLANs918Adding Tagged Ports to VLANsThere are three steps to adding ports as tagged ports to VLANs:1. Set the mode o

Pagina 1874

AT-8100 Switch Command Line User’s Guide919This example adds ports 18 to 21 as tagged members to VLANs with the VIDs 7 and 13:awplus> enableawplus#

Pagina 1875 - IP RIP SEND-PACKET

Chapter 3: Basic Command Line Management92Ending a Management SessionTo end a management session, go to either the Privileged Exec mode or the User Ex

Pagina 1876 - IP RIP SEND VERSION

Chapter 60: Port-based and Tagged VLANs920Removing Untagged Ports from VLANsTo remove untagged ports from their current VLAN assignments and return th

Pagina 1877 - IP RIP SPLIT-HORIZON

AT-8100 Switch Command Line User’s Guide921Removing Tagged Ports from VLANsUse the SWITCHPORT TRUNK ALLOWED VLAN command to remove ports as tagged mem

Pagina 1878

Chapter 60: Port-based and Tagged VLANs922Deleting VLANsTo delete VLANs from the switch, use the NO VLAN command in the VLAN Configuration mode. You c

Pagina 1879

AT-8100 Switch Command Line User’s Guide923Displaying the VLANsTo display the VLANs on the switch, use the SHOW VLAN ALL command in the User Exec mode

Pagina 1880

Chapter 60: Port-based and Tagged VLANs924

Pagina 1881 - NO AUTO-SUMMARY

925Chapter 61Port-based and Tagged VLAN CommandsThe VLAN commands are summarized in Table 99 and described in detail within the chapter.Table 99. Port

Pagina 1882

Chapter 61: Port-based and Tagged VLAN Commands926NO SWITCHPORT ACCESS VLANSyntaxno switchport access vlanParametersNoneModePort Interface modeDescrip

Pagina 1883 - NO IP RIP AUTHENTICATION MODE

AT-8100 Switch Command Line User’s Guide927NO SWITCHPORT TRUNKSyntaxno switchport trunkParametersNoneModePort Interface modeDescriptionUse this comman

Pagina 1884

Chapter 61: Port-based and Tagged VLAN Commands928NO SWITCHPORT TRUNK NATIVE VLANSyntaxno switchport trunk native vlanParametersNoneModePort Interface

Pagina 1885 - NO IP RIP RECEIVE-PACKET

AT-8100 Switch Command Line User’s Guide929NO VLANSyntaxno vlan vidParametersvidSpecifies the VID of the VLAN you want to delete.ModeVLAN Configuratio

Pagina 1886 - NO IP RIP RECEIVE VERSION

93Chapter 4Basic Command Line Management CommandsThe basic command line commands are summarized in Table 5.Table 5. Basic Command Line CommandsCommand

Pagina 1887 - NO IP RIP SEND-PACKET

Chapter 61: Port-based and Tagged VLAN Commands930SHOW VLANSyntaxshow vlan vid |allParametersvidSpecifies the VID of the VLAN you want to display.allS

Pagina 1888 - NO IP RIP SEND VERSION

AT-8100 Switch Command Line User’s Guide931ExampleThe following example displays the tagged and untagged VLANs on the switch:awplus# show vlanState Th

Pagina 1889 - NO IP RIP SPLIT-HORIZON

Chapter 61: Port-based and Tagged VLAN Commands932SWITCHPORT ACCESS VLANSyntaxswitchport access vlan vidParametersvidSpecifies the ID number of the VL

Pagina 1890 - NO NETWORK

AT-8100 Switch Command Line User’s Guide933ExamplesThis example adds ports 5 and 7 as untagged ports to a VLAN with the VID 12:awplus> enableawplus

Pagina 1891 - NO PASSIVE-INTERFACE

Chapter 61: Port-based and Tagged VLAN Commands934SWITCHPORT MODE ACCESSSyntaxswitchport mode access [ingress-filter enable|disable]ParametersenableAc

Pagina 1892 - NO ROUTER RIP

AT-8100 Switch Command Line User’s Guide935SWITCHPORT MODE TRUNKSyntaxswitchport mode trunk [ingress-filter enable|disable]ParametersenableActivates i

Pagina 1893 - NO TIMERS BASIC

Chapter 61: Port-based and Tagged VLAN Commands936This example designates port 18 as a tagged port and disables ingress filtering so that it accepts a

Pagina 1894 - NO VERSION

AT-8100 Switch Command Line User’s Guide937SWITCHPORT TRUNK ALLOWED VLANSyntaxes for Adding Tagged Ports to VLANsswitchport trunk allowed vlan allswit

Pagina 1895 - PASSIVE-INTERFACE

Chapter 61: Port-based and Tagged VLAN Commands938 Ports can be tagged members of more than one VLAN at a time. The specified VLANs must already exi

Pagina 1896 - ROUTER RIP

AT-8100 Switch Command Line User’s Guide939This example adds ports 22 to 24 as tagged ports to all the VLANs, except for the VLAN with a VID of 11. Th

Pagina 1897 - SHOW IP RIP

Chapter 4: Basic Command Line Management Commands94“QUIT” on page 109 All modes except the User Exec and Privileged ExecMoves you up one mode.“WRITE”

Pagina 1898

Chapter 61: Port-based and Tagged VLAN Commands940SWITCHPORT TRUNK NATIVE VLANSyntaxswitchport trunk native vlan vid|noneParametersvidSpecifies the VI

Pagina 1899 - SHOW IP RIP COUNTER

AT-8100 Switch Command Line User’s Guide941This example reestablishes the Default_VLAN as the native VLAN for tagged ports 18 and 20:awplus> enable

Pagina 1900

Chapter 61: Port-based and Tagged VLAN Commands942VLANSyntaxvlan vid [name name]ParametersvidSpecifies a VLAN identifier. The range is 2 to 4094. The

Pagina 1901 - SHOW IP RIP INTERFACE

AT-8100 Switch Command Line User’s Guide943DescriptionUse this command to create port-based and tagged VLANs. You can create just one VLAN at a time.C

Pagina 1902

Chapter 61: Port-based and Tagged VLAN Commands944

Pagina 1903 - TIMERS BASIC

945Chapter 62GARP VLAN Registration ProtocolThis chapter covers the following topics: “Overview” on page 946 “Guidelines” on page 949 “GVRP and Net

Pagina 1904

Chapter 62: GARP VLAN Registration Protocol946OverviewThe GARP VLAN Registration Protocol (GVRP) allows network devices to share VLAN information and

Pagina 1905

AT-8100 Switch Command Line User’s Guide947Figure 177 provides an example of how GVRP works.Figure 177. GVRP ExampleThe example consists of three swit

Pagina 1906

Chapter 62: GARP VLAN Registration Protocol948Without GVRP, you would have to manually add the Sales VLAN to switch #2. But with GVRP, the VLAN is add

Pagina 1907 - System Monitoring Commands

AT-8100 Switch Command Line User’s Guide949GuidelinesHere are the guidelines to GVRP: GVRP is supported with STP, RSTP, MSTP or without spanning tree

Pagina 1908 - SHOW CPU

AT-8100 Switch Command Line User’s Guide95? (Question Mark Key)Syntax?ParametersNoneModesAll modesDescriptionUse the question mark key to display on-l

Pagina 1909 - SHOW CPU HISTORY

Chapter 62: GARP VLAN Registration Protocol950GVRP and Network SecurityGVRP should be used with caution because it can expose your network to unauthor

Pagina 1910 - SHOW CPU USER-THREADS

AT-8100 Switch Command Line User’s Guide951GVRP-inactive Intermediate SwitchesIf two GVRP-active devices are separated by a GVRP-inactive switch, the

Pagina 1911 - SHOW MEMORY

Chapter 62: GARP VLAN Registration Protocol952Enabling GVRP on the SwitchThe command for enabling GVRP on the switch is found in the Global Configurat

Pagina 1912 - SHOW MEMORY ALLOCATION

AT-8100 Switch Command Line User’s Guide953Enabling GIP on the SwitchThe GARP Information Propagation (GIP) component can be enabled separately from G

Pagina 1913 - SHOW MEMORY HISTORY

Chapter 62: GARP VLAN Registration Protocol954Enabling GVRP on the PortsTo activate GVRP on the ports so that they transmit GVRP PDUs, use the GVRP RE

Pagina 1914 - SHOW MEMORY POOLS

AT-8100 Switch Command Line User’s Guide955Setting the GVRP TimersThe switch has a Join Timer, a Leave Timer, and a Leave All Timer. You should not ch

Pagina 1915 - SHOW PROCESS

Chapter 62: GARP VLAN Registration Protocol956Disabling GVRP Timers on the SwitchTo disable GVRP timer configurations, use the NO GVRP TIMER commands

Pagina 1916

AT-8100 Switch Command Line User’s Guide957Disabling GVRP on the PortsTo disable GVRP on the ports, use the GVRP REGISTRATION NONE command in the Port

Pagina 1917 - SHOW SYSTEM INTERRUPTS

Chapter 62: GARP VLAN Registration Protocol958Disabling GIP on the SwitchYou can disable the GARP Information Propagation (GIP) component separately f

Pagina 1918 - SHOW TECH-SUPPORT

AT-8100 Switch Command Line User’s Guide959Disabling GVRP on the SwitchTo disable GVRP to stop the switch from learning any further dynamic VLANs or G

Pagina 1919

Chapter 4: Basic Command Line Management Commands96This example displays the class of the value for the SPANNING-TREE HELLO-TIME command in the Global

Pagina 1920

Chapter 62: GARP VLAN Registration Protocol960Restoring the GVRP Default SettingsTo disable GVRP and to return the timers to their default settings, u

Pagina 1921 - Appendix B

AT-8100 Switch Command Line User’s Guide961Displaying GVRPAlthough there are five commands that display GVRP information, you will probably only need

Pagina 1922 - “Web Server” on page 1953

Chapter 62: GARP VLAN Registration Protocol962

Pagina 1923 - Boot Configuration File

963Chapter 63GARP VLAN Registration Protocol CommandsThe GARP VLAN registration protocol commands are summarized in Table 101 and described in detail

Pagina 1924 - Class of Service

Chapter 63: GARP VLAN Registration Protocol Commands964“SHOW GVRP APPLICANT” on page 978User Exec and Privileged ExecDisplays parameters for the GIP-c

Pagina 1925 - Console Port

AT-8100 Switch Command Line User’s Guide965CONVERT DYNAMIC VLANSyntaxconvert dynamic vlanParametersNoneModeVLAN Configuration modeDescriptionUse this

Pagina 1926 - DHCP Relay

Chapter 63: GARP VLAN Registration Protocol Commands966GVRP APPLICANT STATE ACTIVESyntaxgvrp applicant state activeParametersNoneModeGlobal Configurat

Pagina 1927

AT-8100 Switch Command Line User’s Guide967GVRP APPLICANT STATE NORMALSyntaxgvrp applicant state normalParametersNoneModeGlobal Configuration modeDesc

Pagina 1928

Chapter 63: GARP VLAN Registration Protocol Commands968GVRP ENABLESyntaxgvrp enableParametersNoneModeGlobal Configuration modeDescriptionUse this comm

Pagina 1929 - Enhanced Stacking

AT-8100 Switch Command Line User’s Guide969GVRP REGISTRATIONSyntaxgvrp registration normal|noneParametersnormalEnables GVRP on a port. This is the def

Pagina 1930

AT-8100 Switch Command Line User’s Guide97CLEAR SCREENSyntaxclear screenParametersNoneModesUser Exec and Privileged Exec modesDescriptionUse this comm

Pagina 1931 - Hardware Stacking

Chapter 63: GARP VLAN Registration Protocol Commands970GVRP TIMER JOINSyntaxgvrp timer join valueParametersvalueSpecifies the Join Timer in centisecon

Pagina 1932 - IGMP Snooping

AT-8100 Switch Command Line User’s Guide971GVRP TIMER LEAVESyntaxgvrp timer leave valueParametersvalueSpecifies the Leave Timer in centiseconds, which

Pagina 1933 - IGMP Snooping Querier

Chapter 63: GARP VLAN Registration Protocol Commands972GVRP TIMER LEAVEALLSyntaxgvrp timer leaveall valueParametersvalueSpecifies the Leave All Timer

Pagina 1934

AT-8100 Switch Command Line User’s Guide973NO GVRP ENABLESyntaxno gvrp enableParametersNoneModeGlobal Configuration modeDescriptionUse this command to

Pagina 1935

Chapter 63: GARP VLAN Registration Protocol Commands974NO GVRP TIMER JOIN Syntaxno gvrp timer joinParametersNoneModeGlobal Configuration modeDescripti

Pagina 1936 - MAC Address Table

AT-8100 Switch Command Line User’s Guide975NO GVRP TIMER LEAVESyntaxno gvrp timer leave valueParametersNoneModeGlobal Configuration modeDescriptionUse

Pagina 1937 - Management IP Address

Chapter 63: GARP VLAN Registration Protocol Commands976NO GVRP TIMER LEAVEALLSyntaxno gvrp timer leaveallParametersNoneModeGlobal Configuration modeDe

Pagina 1938 - Manager Account

AT-8100 Switch Command Line User’s Guide977PURGE GVRPSyntaxpurge gvrpParametersNoneModeGlobal Configuration modeDescriptionUse this command to disable

Pagina 1939 - Port Settings

Chapter 63: GARP VLAN Registration Protocol Commands978SHOW GVRP APPLICANTSyntaxshow gvrp applicantParameterNoneModePrivileged Exec modeDescriptionUse

Pagina 1940

AT-8100 Switch Command Line User’s Guide979SHOW GVRP CONFIGURATIONSyntaxshow gvrp configurationParametersNoneModePrivileged Exec modeDescriptionUse th

Pagina 1941

Chapter 4: Basic Command Line Management Commands98CONFIGURE TERMINALSyntaxconfigure terminalParametersNoneModePrivileged Exec modeDescriptionUse this

Pagina 1942

Chapter 63: GARP VLAN Registration Protocol Commands980SHOW GVRP MACHINESyntaxshow gvrp machineParameterNoneModePrivileged Exec modeDescriptionUse thi

Pagina 1943 - Secure Shell Server

AT-8100 Switch Command Line User’s Guide981SHOW GVRP STATISTICSSyntaxshow gvrp statisticsParameterNoneModePrivileged Exec modeDescriptionUse this comm

Pagina 1944

Chapter 63: GARP VLAN Registration Protocol Commands982 Receive GARP Messages: Empty Transmit GARP Messages: Empty Receive GARP Messages: Bad Messa

Pagina 1945 - SNMP Status Disabled

AT-8100 Switch Command Line User’s Guide983SHOW GVRP TIMERSyntaxshow gvrp timerParameterNoneModePrivileged Exec modeDescriptionUse this command to dis

Pagina 1946 - Simple Network Time Protocol

Chapter 63: GARP VLAN Registration Protocol Commands984

Pagina 1947

985Chapter 64MAC Address-based VLANsThis chapter contains the following topics: “Overview” on page 986 “Guidelines” on page 991 “General Steps” on

Pagina 1948 - Protocol

Chapter 64: MAC Address-based VLANs986OverviewAs explained in Chapter 60, “Port-based and Tagged VLANs” on page 901, VLANs are used to create independ

Pagina 1949 - System Name

AT-8100 Switch Command Line User’s Guide987Obviously, mapping source MAC addresses to egress ports can become cumbersome if you are dealing with a MAC

Pagina 1950 - TACACS+ Client

Chapter 64: MAC Address-based VLANs988The switch can support more than one MAC-address VLAN at a time, and ports can be egress members of more than on

Pagina 1951

AT-8100 Switch Command Line User’s Guide989 If the packet’s destination MAC address is in the MAC address table, but the port where the address was l

Pagina 1952

AT-8100 Switch Command Line User’s Guide99COPY RUNNING-CONFIG STARTUP-CONFIGSyntaxcopy running-config startup-configParametersNoneModePrivileged Exec

Pagina 1953 - Web Server

Chapter 64: MAC Address-based VLANs990VLAN Hierarchy The switch employs a VLAN hierarchy when handling untagged packets that arrive on a port that is

Pagina 1954

AT-8100 Switch Command Line User’s Guide991GuidelinesHere are the guidelines to MAC address-based VLANs: The switch can support up to a total of 4094

Pagina 1955 - Command Index

Chapter 64: MAC Address-based VLANs992General StepsThere are three main steps to creating a MAC address-based VLAN:1. Use the VLAN MACADDRESS command

Pagina 1956

AT-8100 Switch Command Line User’s Guide993Creating MAC Address-based VLANsThe VLAN MACADDRESS command in the VLAN Configuration mode is the first com

Pagina 1957

Chapter 64: MAC Address-based VLANs994Adding MAC Addresses to VLANs and Designating Egress PortsThe MAC addresses and egress ports are specified with

Pagina 1958

AT-8100 Switch Command Line User’s Guide995Removing MAC AddressesTo remove MAC addresses from egress ports in a MAC address-based VLAN, use the NO VLA

Pagina 1959

Chapter 64: MAC Address-based VLANs996Deleting VLANsTo delete MAC address-based VLANs from the switch, use the NO VLAN command in the VLAN Configurati

Pagina 1960

AT-8100 Switch Command Line User’s Guide997Displaying VLANsTo display the MAC address-based VLANS on the switch, use the SHOW VLAN MACADDRESS command

Pagina 1961

Chapter 64: MAC Address-based VLANs998Example of Creating a MAC Address-based VLANHere is an example of how to create this type of VLAN. This example

Pagina 1962

AT-8100 Switch Command Line User’s Guide999Use the VLAN SET MACADDRESS command in the Port Interface mode to designate port 1 as an egress port of all

Comentarios a estos manuales

Sin comentarios